| 1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD.
|
|---|
| 2 | Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
|
|---|
| 3 | 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|---|
| 4 |
|
|---|
| 5 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
|
|---|
| 6 |
|
|---|
| 7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|---|
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
|---|
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
|---|
| 10 | (at your option) any later version.
|
|---|
| 11 |
|
|---|
| 12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|---|
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|---|
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
|---|
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details.
|
|---|
| 16 |
|
|---|
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|---|
| 18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
|---|
| 19 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
|---|
| 20 |
|
|---|
| 21 | /* SECTION
|
|---|
| 22 |
|
|---|
| 23 | ELF backends
|
|---|
| 24 |
|
|---|
| 25 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
|
|---|
| 26 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
|
|---|
| 27 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
|
|---|
| 28 |
|
|---|
| 29 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
|
|---|
| 30 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
|
|---|
| 31 | haven't bothered yet. */
|
|---|
| 32 |
|
|---|
| 33 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
|
|---|
| 34 | #define _SYSCALL32
|
|---|
| 35 | #include "bfd.h"
|
|---|
| 36 | #include "sysdep.h"
|
|---|
| 37 | #include "bfdlink.h"
|
|---|
| 38 | #include "libbfd.h"
|
|---|
| 39 | #define ARCH_SIZE 0
|
|---|
| 40 | #include "elf-bfd.h"
|
|---|
| 41 | #include "libiberty.h"
|
|---|
| 42 |
|
|---|
| 43 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map *make_mapping
|
|---|
| 44 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection **, unsigned int, unsigned int, bfd_boolean));
|
|---|
| 45 | static bfd_boolean map_sections_to_segments
|
|---|
| 46 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 47 | static int elf_sort_sections
|
|---|
| 48 | PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
|
|---|
| 49 | static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_for_segments
|
|---|
| 50 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 51 | static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs
|
|---|
| 52 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 53 | static bfd_boolean prep_headers
|
|---|
| 54 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 55 | static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms
|
|---|
| 56 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int));
|
|---|
| 57 | static bfd_boolean copy_private_bfd_data
|
|---|
| 58 | PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
|
|---|
| 59 | static char *elf_read
|
|---|
| 60 | PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
|
|---|
| 61 | static const char *group_signature
|
|---|
| 62 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
|
|---|
| 63 | static bfd_boolean setup_group
|
|---|
| 64 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Shdr *, asection *));
|
|---|
| 65 | static void merge_sections_remove_hook
|
|---|
| 66 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
|
|---|
| 67 | static void elf_fake_sections
|
|---|
| 68 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
|
|---|
| 69 | static bfd_boolean assign_section_numbers
|
|---|
| 70 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 71 | static INLINE int sym_is_global
|
|---|
| 72 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *));
|
|---|
| 73 | static bfd_boolean elf_map_symbols
|
|---|
| 74 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 75 | static bfd_size_type get_program_header_size
|
|---|
| 76 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 77 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes
|
|---|
| 78 | PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
|
|---|
| 79 | static bfd_boolean elf_find_function
|
|---|
| 80 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_vma, const char **,
|
|---|
| 81 | const char **));
|
|---|
| 82 | static int elfcore_make_pid
|
|---|
| 83 | PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
|---|
| 84 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_maybe_make_sect
|
|---|
| 85 | PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, asection *));
|
|---|
| 86 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_make_note_pseudosection
|
|---|
| 87 | PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
|---|
| 88 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_prfpreg
|
|---|
| 89 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
|---|
| 90 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_prxfpreg
|
|---|
| 91 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
|---|
| 92 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_note
|
|---|
| 93 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
|---|
| 94 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid
|
|---|
| 95 | PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Note *, int *));
|
|---|
| 96 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo
|
|---|
| 97 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
|---|
| 98 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
|
|---|
| 99 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
|---|
| 100 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_nto_gregs
|
|---|
| 101 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *, pid_t));
|
|---|
| 102 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_nto_status
|
|---|
| 103 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *, pid_t *));
|
|---|
| 104 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_nto_note
|
|---|
| 105 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
|---|
| 106 |
|
|---|
| 107 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
|
|---|
| 108 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
|
|---|
| 109 | need to move into elfcode.h. */
|
|---|
| 110 |
|
|---|
| 111 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
|
|---|
| 112 |
|
|---|
| 113 | void
|
|---|
| 114 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 115 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 116 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src;
|
|---|
| 117 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst;
|
|---|
| 118 | {
|
|---|
| 119 | dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
|
|---|
| 120 | dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
|
|---|
| 121 | dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
|
|---|
| 122 | dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
|
|---|
| 123 | dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
|
|---|
| 124 | dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
|
|---|
| 125 | dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
|
|---|
| 126 | }
|
|---|
| 127 |
|
|---|
| 128 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
|
|---|
| 129 |
|
|---|
| 130 | void
|
|---|
| 131 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 132 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 133 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src;
|
|---|
| 134 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst;
|
|---|
| 135 | {
|
|---|
| 136 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
|
|---|
| 137 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
|
|---|
| 138 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
|
|---|
| 139 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
|
|---|
| 140 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
|
|---|
| 141 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
|
|---|
| 142 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
|
|---|
| 143 | }
|
|---|
| 144 |
|
|---|
| 145 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
|
|---|
| 146 |
|
|---|
| 147 | void
|
|---|
| 148 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 149 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 150 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src;
|
|---|
| 151 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst;
|
|---|
| 152 | {
|
|---|
| 153 | dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
|
|---|
| 154 | dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
|
|---|
| 155 | }
|
|---|
| 156 |
|
|---|
| 157 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
|
|---|
| 158 |
|
|---|
| 159 | void
|
|---|
| 160 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 161 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 162 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src;
|
|---|
| 163 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst;
|
|---|
| 164 | {
|
|---|
| 165 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
|
|---|
| 166 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
|
|---|
| 167 | }
|
|---|
| 168 |
|
|---|
| 169 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
|
|---|
| 170 |
|
|---|
| 171 | void
|
|---|
| 172 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 173 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 174 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src;
|
|---|
| 175 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst;
|
|---|
| 176 | {
|
|---|
| 177 | dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
|
|---|
| 178 | dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
|
|---|
| 179 | dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
|
|---|
| 180 | dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
|
|---|
| 181 | dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
|
|---|
| 182 | }
|
|---|
| 183 |
|
|---|
| 184 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
|
|---|
| 185 |
|
|---|
| 186 | void
|
|---|
| 187 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 188 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 189 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src;
|
|---|
| 190 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst;
|
|---|
| 191 | {
|
|---|
| 192 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
|
|---|
| 193 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
|
|---|
| 194 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
|
|---|
| 195 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
|
|---|
| 196 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
|
|---|
| 197 | }
|
|---|
| 198 |
|
|---|
| 199 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
|
|---|
| 200 |
|
|---|
| 201 | void
|
|---|
| 202 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 203 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 204 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src;
|
|---|
| 205 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst;
|
|---|
| 206 | {
|
|---|
| 207 | dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
|
|---|
| 208 | dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
|
|---|
| 209 | dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
|
|---|
| 210 | dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
|
|---|
| 211 | dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
|
|---|
| 212 | }
|
|---|
| 213 |
|
|---|
| 214 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
|
|---|
| 215 |
|
|---|
| 216 | void
|
|---|
| 217 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 218 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 219 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src;
|
|---|
| 220 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst;
|
|---|
| 221 | {
|
|---|
| 222 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
|
|---|
| 223 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
|
|---|
| 224 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
|
|---|
| 225 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
|
|---|
| 226 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
|
|---|
| 227 | }
|
|---|
| 228 |
|
|---|
| 229 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
|
|---|
| 230 |
|
|---|
| 231 | void
|
|---|
| 232 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 233 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 234 | const Elf_External_Versym *src;
|
|---|
| 235 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst;
|
|---|
| 236 | {
|
|---|
| 237 | dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
|
|---|
| 238 | }
|
|---|
| 239 |
|
|---|
| 240 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
|
|---|
| 241 |
|
|---|
| 242 | void
|
|---|
| 243 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
|---|
| 244 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 245 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src;
|
|---|
| 246 | Elf_External_Versym *dst;
|
|---|
| 247 | {
|
|---|
| 248 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
|
|---|
| 249 | }
|
|---|
| 250 |
|
|---|
| 251 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
|
|---|
| 252 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
|
|---|
| 253 |
|
|---|
| 254 | unsigned long
|
|---|
| 255 | bfd_elf_hash (namearg)
|
|---|
| 256 | const char *namearg;
|
|---|
| 257 | {
|
|---|
| 258 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
|
|---|
| 259 | unsigned long h = 0;
|
|---|
| 260 | unsigned long g;
|
|---|
| 261 | int ch;
|
|---|
| 262 |
|
|---|
| 263 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
|
|---|
| 264 | {
|
|---|
| 265 | h = (h << 4) + ch;
|
|---|
| 266 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
|
|---|
| 267 | {
|
|---|
| 268 | h ^= g >> 24;
|
|---|
| 269 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
|
|---|
| 270 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
|
|---|
| 271 | h ^= g;
|
|---|
| 272 | }
|
|---|
| 273 | }
|
|---|
| 274 | return h & 0xffffffff;
|
|---|
| 275 | }
|
|---|
| 276 |
|
|---|
| 277 | /* Read a specified number of bytes at a specified offset in an ELF
|
|---|
| 278 | file, into a newly allocated buffer, and return a pointer to the
|
|---|
| 279 | buffer. */
|
|---|
| 280 |
|
|---|
| 281 | static char *
|
|---|
| 282 | elf_read (abfd, offset, size)
|
|---|
| 283 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 284 | file_ptr offset;
|
|---|
| 285 | bfd_size_type size;
|
|---|
| 286 | {
|
|---|
| 287 | char *buf;
|
|---|
| 288 |
|
|---|
| 289 | if ((buf = bfd_alloc (abfd, size)) == NULL)
|
|---|
| 290 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 291 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
|---|
| 292 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 293 | if (bfd_bread ((PTR) buf, size, abfd) != size)
|
|---|
| 294 | {
|
|---|
| 295 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
|
|---|
| 296 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
|
|---|
| 297 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 298 | }
|
|---|
| 299 | return buf;
|
|---|
| 300 | }
|
|---|
| 301 |
|
|---|
| 302 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 303 | bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd)
|
|---|
| 304 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 305 | {
|
|---|
| 306 | /* This just does initialization. */
|
|---|
| 307 | /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
|
|---|
| 308 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata);
|
|---|
| 309 | elf_tdata (abfd) = (struct elf_obj_tdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 310 | if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0)
|
|---|
| 311 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 312 | /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
|
|---|
| 313 | initialization? */
|
|---|
| 314 |
|
|---|
| 315 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 316 | }
|
|---|
| 317 |
|
|---|
| 318 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 319 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (abfd)
|
|---|
| 320 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 321 | {
|
|---|
| 322 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
|
|---|
| 323 | return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
|
|---|
| 324 | }
|
|---|
| 325 |
|
|---|
| 326 | char *
|
|---|
| 327 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex)
|
|---|
| 328 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 329 | unsigned int shindex;
|
|---|
| 330 | {
|
|---|
| 331 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
|---|
| 332 | char *shstrtab = NULL;
|
|---|
| 333 | file_ptr offset;
|
|---|
| 334 | bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
|
|---|
| 335 |
|
|---|
| 336 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 337 | if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
|
|---|
| 338 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 339 |
|
|---|
| 340 | shstrtab = (char *) i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
|
|---|
| 341 | if (shstrtab == NULL)
|
|---|
| 342 | {
|
|---|
| 343 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
|
|---|
| 344 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
|
|---|
| 345 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
|
|---|
| 346 | shstrtab = elf_read (abfd, offset, shstrtabsize);
|
|---|
| 347 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = (PTR) shstrtab;
|
|---|
| 348 | }
|
|---|
| 349 | return shstrtab;
|
|---|
| 350 | }
|
|---|
| 351 |
|
|---|
| 352 | char *
|
|---|
| 353 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, strindex)
|
|---|
| 354 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 355 | unsigned int shindex;
|
|---|
| 356 | unsigned int strindex;
|
|---|
| 357 | {
|
|---|
| 358 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 359 |
|
|---|
| 360 | if (strindex == 0)
|
|---|
| 361 | return "";
|
|---|
| 362 |
|
|---|
| 363 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
|
|---|
| 364 |
|
|---|
| 365 | if (hdr->contents == NULL
|
|---|
| 366 | && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
|
|---|
| 367 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 368 |
|
|---|
| 369 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
|
|---|
| 370 | {
|
|---|
| 371 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 372 | (_("%s: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
|
|---|
| 373 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
|
|---|
| 374 | ((shindex == elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx
|
|---|
| 375 | && strindex == hdr->sh_name)
|
|---|
| 376 | ? ".shstrtab"
|
|---|
| 377 | : elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name)));
|
|---|
| 378 | return "";
|
|---|
| 379 | }
|
|---|
| 380 |
|
|---|
| 381 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
|
|---|
| 382 | }
|
|---|
| 383 |
|
|---|
| 384 | /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
|
|---|
| 385 | SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
|
|---|
| 386 | symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
|
|---|
| 387 | are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
|
|---|
| 388 | symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
|
|---|
| 389 |
|
|---|
| 390 | Elf_Internal_Sym *
|
|---|
| 391 | bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, symcount, symoffset,
|
|---|
| 392 | intsym_buf, extsym_buf, extshndx_buf)
|
|---|
| 393 | bfd *ibfd;
|
|---|
| 394 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 395 | size_t symcount;
|
|---|
| 396 | size_t symoffset;
|
|---|
| 397 | Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf;
|
|---|
| 398 | PTR extsym_buf;
|
|---|
| 399 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf;
|
|---|
| 400 | {
|
|---|
| 401 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
|
|---|
| 402 | PTR alloc_ext;
|
|---|
| 403 | const bfd_byte *esym;
|
|---|
| 404 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
|
|---|
| 405 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
|
|---|
| 406 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
|---|
| 407 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
|
|---|
| 408 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|---|
| 409 | size_t extsym_size;
|
|---|
| 410 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
|---|
| 411 | file_ptr pos;
|
|---|
| 412 |
|
|---|
| 413 | if (symcount == 0)
|
|---|
| 414 | return intsym_buf;
|
|---|
| 415 |
|
|---|
| 416 | /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
|
|---|
| 417 | shndx_hdr = NULL;
|
|---|
| 418 | if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
|
|---|
| 419 | shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
|
|---|
| 420 |
|
|---|
| 421 | /* Read the symbols. */
|
|---|
| 422 | alloc_ext = NULL;
|
|---|
| 423 | alloc_extshndx = NULL;
|
|---|
| 424 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
|
|---|
| 425 | extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 426 | amt = symcount * extsym_size;
|
|---|
| 427 | pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
|
|---|
| 428 | if (extsym_buf == NULL)
|
|---|
| 429 | {
|
|---|
| 430 | alloc_ext = bfd_malloc (amt);
|
|---|
| 431 | extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
|
|---|
| 432 | }
|
|---|
| 433 | if (extsym_buf == NULL
|
|---|
| 434 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 435 | || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
|
|---|
| 436 | {
|
|---|
| 437 | intsym_buf = NULL;
|
|---|
| 438 | goto out;
|
|---|
| 439 | }
|
|---|
| 440 |
|
|---|
| 441 | if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
|
|---|
| 442 | extshndx_buf = NULL;
|
|---|
| 443 | else
|
|---|
| 444 | {
|
|---|
| 445 | amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
|---|
| 446 | pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
|---|
| 447 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
|
|---|
| 448 | {
|
|---|
| 449 | alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
|---|
| 450 | extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
|
|---|
| 451 | }
|
|---|
| 452 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL
|
|---|
| 453 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 454 | || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
|
|---|
| 455 | {
|
|---|
| 456 | intsym_buf = NULL;
|
|---|
| 457 | goto out;
|
|---|
| 458 | }
|
|---|
| 459 | }
|
|---|
| 460 |
|
|---|
| 461 | if (intsym_buf == NULL)
|
|---|
| 462 | {
|
|---|
| 463 | bfd_size_type amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym);
|
|---|
| 464 | intsym_buf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
|---|
| 465 | if (intsym_buf == NULL)
|
|---|
| 466 | goto out;
|
|---|
| 467 | }
|
|---|
| 468 |
|
|---|
| 469 | /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
|
|---|
| 470 | isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
|
|---|
| 471 | for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
|
|---|
| 472 | isym < isymend;
|
|---|
| 473 | esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
|
|---|
| 474 | (*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, (const PTR) shndx, isym);
|
|---|
| 475 |
|
|---|
| 476 | out:
|
|---|
| 477 | if (alloc_ext != NULL)
|
|---|
| 478 | free (alloc_ext);
|
|---|
| 479 | if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
|
|---|
| 480 | free (alloc_extshndx);
|
|---|
| 481 |
|
|---|
| 482 | return intsym_buf;
|
|---|
| 483 | }
|
|---|
| 484 |
|
|---|
| 485 | /* Look up a symbol name. */
|
|---|
| 486 | const char *
|
|---|
| 487 | bfd_elf_local_sym_name (abfd, isym)
|
|---|
| 488 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 489 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
|---|
| 490 | {
|
|---|
| 491 | unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
|
|---|
| 492 | unsigned int shindex = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_link;
|
|---|
| 493 | if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
|
|---|
| 494 | {
|
|---|
| 495 | iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
|
|---|
| 496 | shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
|
|---|
| 497 | }
|
|---|
| 498 |
|
|---|
| 499 | return bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
|
|---|
| 500 | }
|
|---|
| 501 |
|
|---|
| 502 | /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
|
|---|
| 503 | sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
|
|---|
| 504 | pointers. */
|
|---|
| 505 |
|
|---|
| 506 | typedef union elf_internal_group {
|
|---|
| 507 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
|
|---|
| 508 | unsigned int flags;
|
|---|
| 509 | } Elf_Internal_Group;
|
|---|
| 510 |
|
|---|
| 511 | /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
|
|---|
| 512 | signature just a string? */
|
|---|
| 513 |
|
|---|
| 514 | static const char *
|
|---|
| 515 | group_signature (abfd, ghdr)
|
|---|
| 516 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 517 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr;
|
|---|
| 518 | {
|
|---|
| 519 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 520 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
|
|---|
| 521 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
|
|---|
| 522 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
|
|---|
| 523 |
|
|---|
| 524 | /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. */
|
|---|
| 525 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
|
|---|
| 526 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 527 |
|
|---|
| 528 | /* Go read the symbol. */
|
|---|
| 529 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 530 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
|
|---|
| 531 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
|
|---|
| 532 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 533 |
|
|---|
| 534 | return bfd_elf_local_sym_name (abfd, &isym);
|
|---|
| 535 | }
|
|---|
| 536 |
|
|---|
| 537 | /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
|
|---|
| 538 |
|
|---|
| 539 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 540 | setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)
|
|---|
| 541 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 542 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 543 | asection *newsect;
|
|---|
| 544 | {
|
|---|
| 545 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
|
|---|
| 546 |
|
|---|
| 547 | /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
|
|---|
| 548 | is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
|
|---|
| 549 | if (num_group == 0)
|
|---|
| 550 | {
|
|---|
| 551 | unsigned int i, shnum;
|
|---|
| 552 |
|
|---|
| 553 | /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
|
|---|
| 554 | section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
|
|---|
| 555 | shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 556 | num_group = 0;
|
|---|
| 557 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
|
|---|
| 558 | {
|
|---|
| 559 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
|---|
| 560 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
|
|---|
| 561 | num_group += 1;
|
|---|
| 562 | }
|
|---|
| 563 |
|
|---|
| 564 | if (num_group == 0)
|
|---|
| 565 | num_group = (unsigned) -1;
|
|---|
| 566 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
|
|---|
| 567 |
|
|---|
| 568 | if (num_group > 0)
|
|---|
| 569 | {
|
|---|
| 570 | /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
|
|---|
| 571 | so we can find them quickly. */
|
|---|
| 572 | bfd_size_type amt = num_group * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *);
|
|---|
| 573 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 574 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
|
|---|
| 575 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 576 |
|
|---|
| 577 | num_group = 0;
|
|---|
| 578 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
|
|---|
| 579 | {
|
|---|
| 580 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
|---|
| 581 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
|
|---|
| 582 | {
|
|---|
| 583 | unsigned char *src;
|
|---|
| 584 | Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
|
|---|
| 585 |
|
|---|
| 586 | /* Add to list of sections. */
|
|---|
| 587 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
|
|---|
| 588 | num_group += 1;
|
|---|
| 589 |
|
|---|
| 590 | /* Read the raw contents. */
|
|---|
| 591 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
|
|---|
| 592 | amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
|
|---|
| 593 | shdr->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 594 | if (shdr->contents == NULL
|
|---|
| 595 | || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 596 | || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
|
|---|
| 597 | != shdr->sh_size))
|
|---|
| 598 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 599 |
|
|---|
| 600 | /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
|
|---|
| 601 | array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
|
|---|
| 602 | to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
|
|---|
| 603 | pointers. */
|
|---|
| 604 | src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
|
|---|
| 605 | dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
|
|---|
| 606 | while (1)
|
|---|
| 607 | {
|
|---|
| 608 | unsigned int idx;
|
|---|
| 609 |
|
|---|
| 610 | src -= 4;
|
|---|
| 611 | --dest;
|
|---|
| 612 | idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
|
|---|
| 613 | if (src == shdr->contents)
|
|---|
| 614 | {
|
|---|
| 615 | dest->flags = idx;
|
|---|
| 616 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
|
|---|
| 617 | shdr->bfd_section->flags
|
|---|
| 618 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
|
|---|
| 619 | break;
|
|---|
| 620 | }
|
|---|
| 621 | if (idx >= shnum)
|
|---|
| 622 | {
|
|---|
| 623 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 624 | (_("%s: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"),
|
|---|
| 625 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd)));
|
|---|
| 626 | idx = 0;
|
|---|
| 627 | }
|
|---|
| 628 | dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
|
|---|
| 629 | }
|
|---|
| 630 | }
|
|---|
| 631 | }
|
|---|
| 632 | }
|
|---|
| 633 | }
|
|---|
| 634 |
|
|---|
| 635 | if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
|
|---|
| 636 | {
|
|---|
| 637 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 638 |
|
|---|
| 639 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
|
|---|
| 640 | {
|
|---|
| 641 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
|
|---|
| 642 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
|
|---|
| 643 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
|
|---|
| 644 |
|
|---|
| 645 | /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
|
|---|
| 646 | section is a member. */
|
|---|
| 647 | while (--n_elt != 0)
|
|---|
| 648 | if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
|
|---|
| 649 | {
|
|---|
| 650 | asection *s = NULL;
|
|---|
| 651 |
|
|---|
| 652 | /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
|
|---|
| 653 | other members to see if any others are linked via
|
|---|
| 654 | next_in_group. */
|
|---|
| 655 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
|
|---|
| 656 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
|
|---|
| 657 | while (--n_elt != 0)
|
|---|
| 658 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
|
|---|
| 659 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
|
|---|
| 660 | break;
|
|---|
| 661 | if (n_elt != 0)
|
|---|
| 662 | {
|
|---|
| 663 | /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
|
|---|
| 664 | insert current section in circular list. */
|
|---|
| 665 | elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
|
|---|
| 666 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
|
|---|
| 667 | elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
|
|---|
| 668 | }
|
|---|
| 669 | else
|
|---|
| 670 | {
|
|---|
| 671 | const char *gname;
|
|---|
| 672 |
|
|---|
| 673 | gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
|
|---|
| 674 | if (gname == NULL)
|
|---|
| 675 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 676 | elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
|
|---|
| 677 |
|
|---|
| 678 | /* Start a circular list with one element. */
|
|---|
| 679 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
|
|---|
| 680 | }
|
|---|
| 681 |
|
|---|
| 682 | /* If the group section has been created, point to the
|
|---|
| 683 | new member. */
|
|---|
| 684 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
|---|
| 685 | elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
|
|---|
| 686 |
|
|---|
| 687 | i = num_group - 1;
|
|---|
| 688 | break;
|
|---|
| 689 | }
|
|---|
| 690 | }
|
|---|
| 691 | }
|
|---|
| 692 |
|
|---|
| 693 | if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
|
|---|
| 694 | {
|
|---|
| 695 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%s: no group info for section %s"),
|
|---|
| 696 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), newsect->name);
|
|---|
| 697 | }
|
|---|
| 698 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 699 | }
|
|---|
| 700 |
|
|---|
| 701 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 702 | bfd_elf_discard_group (abfd, group)
|
|---|
| 703 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 704 | asection *group;
|
|---|
| 705 | {
|
|---|
| 706 | asection *first = elf_next_in_group (group);
|
|---|
| 707 | asection *s = first;
|
|---|
| 708 |
|
|---|
| 709 | while (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 710 | {
|
|---|
| 711 | s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
|
|---|
| 712 | s = elf_next_in_group (s);
|
|---|
| 713 | /* These lists are circular. */
|
|---|
| 714 | if (s == first)
|
|---|
| 715 | break;
|
|---|
| 716 | }
|
|---|
| 717 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 718 | }
|
|---|
| 719 |
|
|---|
| 720 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
|
|---|
| 721 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
|
|---|
| 722 |
|
|---|
| 723 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 724 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)
|
|---|
| 725 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 726 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 727 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 728 | {
|
|---|
| 729 | asection *newsect;
|
|---|
| 730 | flagword flags;
|
|---|
| 731 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|---|
| 732 |
|
|---|
| 733 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
|---|
| 734 | {
|
|---|
| 735 | BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
|
|---|
| 736 | bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
|
|---|
| 737 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 738 | }
|
|---|
| 739 |
|
|---|
| 740 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 741 | if (newsect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 742 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 743 |
|
|---|
| 744 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
|
|---|
| 745 |
|
|---|
| 746 | if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
|
|---|
| 747 | || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
|
|---|
| 748 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
|
|---|
| 749 | bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
|
|---|
| 750 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 751 |
|
|---|
| 752 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
|
|---|
| 753 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|---|
| 754 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 755 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
|
|---|
| 756 | flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
|---|
| 757 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 758 | {
|
|---|
| 759 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
|---|
| 760 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|---|
| 761 | flags |= SEC_LOAD;
|
|---|
| 762 | }
|
|---|
| 763 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
|
|---|
| 764 | flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|---|
| 765 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
|
|---|
| 766 | flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
|---|
| 767 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 768 | flags |= SEC_DATA;
|
|---|
| 769 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
|
|---|
| 770 | {
|
|---|
| 771 | flags |= SEC_MERGE;
|
|---|
| 772 | newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
|
|---|
| 773 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
|
|---|
| 774 | flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
|
|---|
| 775 | }
|
|---|
| 776 | if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
|
|---|
| 777 | if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
|
|---|
| 778 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 779 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
|
|---|
| 780 | flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
|
|---|
| 781 |
|
|---|
| 782 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, not
|
|---|
| 783 | any sort of flag. */
|
|---|
| 784 | {
|
|---|
| 785 | static const char *debug_sec_names [] =
|
|---|
| 786 | {
|
|---|
| 787 | ".debug",
|
|---|
| 788 | ".gnu.linkonce.wi.",
|
|---|
| 789 | ".line",
|
|---|
| 790 | ".stab"
|
|---|
| 791 | };
|
|---|
| 792 | int i;
|
|---|
| 793 |
|
|---|
| 794 | for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sec_names); i--;)
|
|---|
| 795 | if (strncmp (name, debug_sec_names[i], strlen (debug_sec_names[i])) == 0)
|
|---|
| 796 | break;
|
|---|
| 797 |
|
|---|
| 798 | if (i >= 0)
|
|---|
| 799 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
|
|---|
| 800 | }
|
|---|
| 801 |
|
|---|
| 802 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
|
|---|
| 803 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
|
|---|
| 804 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
|
|---|
| 805 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
|
|---|
| 806 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
|
|---|
| 807 | all but one of the sections. */
|
|---|
| 808 | if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
|
|---|
| 809 | && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
|
|---|
| 810 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
|
|---|
| 811 |
|
|---|
| 812 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 813 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
|
|---|
| 814 | if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
|
|---|
| 815 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 816 |
|
|---|
| 817 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
|
|---|
| 818 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 819 |
|
|---|
| 820 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 821 | {
|
|---|
| 822 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
|
|---|
| 823 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 824 |
|
|---|
| 825 | /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
|
|---|
| 826 | If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
|
|---|
| 827 | some ELF linkers produce such output. */
|
|---|
| 828 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
|---|
| 829 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
|
|---|
| 830 | {
|
|---|
| 831 | if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
|
|---|
| 832 | break;
|
|---|
| 833 | }
|
|---|
| 834 | if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
|
|---|
| 835 | {
|
|---|
| 836 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
|---|
| 837 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
|
|---|
| 838 | {
|
|---|
| 839 | /* This section is part of this segment if its file
|
|---|
| 840 | offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
|
|---|
| 841 | span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
|
|---|
| 842 | loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
|
|---|
| 843 |
|
|---|
| 844 | Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
|
|---|
| 845 | refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
|
|---|
| 846 | though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
|
|---|
| 847 | have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
|
|---|
| 848 | place special significance on the address 0 and
|
|---|
| 849 | executables need to be able to have a segment which
|
|---|
| 850 | covers this address. */
|
|---|
| 851 | if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|---|
| 852 | && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
|
|---|
| 853 | && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
|
|---|
| 854 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
|
|---|
| 855 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
|
|---|
| 856 | || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
|
|---|
| 857 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
|
|---|
| 858 | {
|
|---|
| 859 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
|
|---|
| 860 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
|
|---|
| 861 | + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
|
|---|
| 862 | else
|
|---|
| 863 | /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
|
|---|
| 864 | sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
|
|---|
| 865 | is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
|
|---|
| 866 | Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
|
|---|
| 867 | the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
|
|---|
| 868 | segment will contain sections with contiguous
|
|---|
| 869 | LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
|
|---|
| 870 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
|
|---|
| 871 | + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
|
|---|
| 872 |
|
|---|
| 873 | /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
|
|---|
| 874 | offsets whether a section with zero size should
|
|---|
| 875 | be placed at the end of one segment or the
|
|---|
| 876 | beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
|
|---|
| 877 | if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
|
|---|
| 878 | && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
|
|---|
| 879 | <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
|
|---|
| 880 | break;
|
|---|
| 881 | }
|
|---|
| 882 | }
|
|---|
| 883 | }
|
|---|
| 884 | }
|
|---|
| 885 |
|
|---|
| 886 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
|
|---|
| 887 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 888 |
|
|---|
| 889 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 890 | }
|
|---|
| 891 |
|
|---|
| 892 | /*
|
|---|
| 893 | INTERNAL_FUNCTION
|
|---|
| 894 | bfd_elf_find_section
|
|---|
| 895 |
|
|---|
| 896 | SYNOPSIS
|
|---|
| 897 | struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
|
|---|
| 898 |
|
|---|
| 899 | DESCRIPTION
|
|---|
| 900 | Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
|
|---|
| 901 | Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
|
|---|
| 902 | internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
|
|---|
| 903 | isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
|
|---|
| 904 | mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
|
|---|
| 905 | */
|
|---|
| 906 |
|
|---|
| 907 | struct elf_internal_shdr *
|
|---|
| 908 | bfd_elf_find_section (abfd, name)
|
|---|
| 909 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 910 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 911 | {
|
|---|
| 912 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
|---|
| 913 | char *shstrtab;
|
|---|
| 914 | unsigned int max;
|
|---|
| 915 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 916 |
|
|---|
| 917 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 918 | if (i_shdrp != NULL)
|
|---|
| 919 | {
|
|---|
| 920 | shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
|
|---|
| 921 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
|
|---|
| 922 | if (shstrtab != NULL)
|
|---|
| 923 | {
|
|---|
| 924 | max = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 925 | for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
|
|---|
| 926 | if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
|
|---|
| 927 | return i_shdrp[i];
|
|---|
| 928 | }
|
|---|
| 929 | }
|
|---|
| 930 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 931 | }
|
|---|
| 932 |
|
|---|
| 933 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
|
|---|
| 934 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
|
|---|
| 935 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
|
|---|
| 936 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
|
|---|
| 937 | };
|
|---|
| 938 |
|
|---|
| 939 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocateable
|
|---|
| 940 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
|
|---|
| 941 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
|
|---|
| 942 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
|
|---|
| 943 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
|
|---|
| 944 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
|
|---|
| 945 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
|
|---|
| 946 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
|
|---|
| 947 | relocateable output against an external symbol. */
|
|---|
| 948 |
|
|---|
| 949 | bfd_reloc_status_type
|
|---|
| 950 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd,
|
|---|
| 951 | reloc_entry,
|
|---|
| 952 | symbol,
|
|---|
| 953 | data,
|
|---|
| 954 | input_section,
|
|---|
| 955 | output_bfd,
|
|---|
| 956 | error_message)
|
|---|
| 957 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 958 | arelent *reloc_entry;
|
|---|
| 959 | asymbol *symbol;
|
|---|
| 960 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 961 | asection *input_section;
|
|---|
| 962 | bfd *output_bfd;
|
|---|
| 963 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 964 | {
|
|---|
| 965 | if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL
|
|---|
| 966 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
|
|---|
| 967 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
|
|---|
| 968 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
|
|---|
| 969 | {
|
|---|
| 970 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
|---|
| 971 | return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
|---|
| 972 | }
|
|---|
| 973 |
|
|---|
| 974 | return bfd_reloc_continue;
|
|---|
| 975 | }
|
|---|
| 976 | |
|---|
| 977 |
|
|---|
| 978 | /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
|
|---|
| 979 |
|
|---|
| 980 | static void
|
|---|
| 981 | merge_sections_remove_hook (abfd, sec)
|
|---|
| 982 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 983 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 984 | {
|
|---|
| 985 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE);
|
|---|
| 986 | sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE;
|
|---|
| 987 | }
|
|---|
| 988 |
|
|---|
| 989 | /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
|
|---|
| 990 |
|
|---|
| 991 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 992 | _bfd_elf_merge_sections (abfd, info)
|
|---|
| 993 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 994 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
|---|
| 995 | {
|
|---|
| 996 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (info))
|
|---|
| 997 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 998 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info)
|
|---|
| 999 | _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
|
|---|
| 1000 | merge_sections_remove_hook);
|
|---|
| 1001 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1002 | }
|
|---|
| 1003 |
|
|---|
| 1004 | void
|
|---|
| 1005 | _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec, info)
|
|---|
| 1006 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 1007 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
|---|
| 1008 | {
|
|---|
| 1009 | sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
|
|---|
| 1010 | sec->output_offset = sec->vma;
|
|---|
| 1011 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (info))
|
|---|
| 1012 | return;
|
|---|
| 1013 |
|
|---|
| 1014 | sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS;
|
|---|
| 1015 | }
|
|---|
| 1016 | |
|---|
| 1017 |
|
|---|
| 1018 | /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
|
|---|
| 1019 | another. */
|
|---|
| 1020 |
|
|---|
| 1021 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 1022 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
|
|---|
| 1023 | bfd *ibfd;
|
|---|
| 1024 | bfd *obfd;
|
|---|
| 1025 | {
|
|---|
| 1026 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 1027 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|---|
| 1028 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1029 |
|
|---|
| 1030 | BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
|
|---|
| 1031 | || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
|
|---|
| 1032 | == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
|
|---|
| 1033 |
|
|---|
| 1034 | elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
|
|---|
| 1035 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
|
|---|
| 1036 | elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1037 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1038 | }
|
|---|
| 1039 |
|
|---|
| 1040 | /* Print out the program headers. */
|
|---|
| 1041 |
|
|---|
| 1042 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 1043 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, farg)
|
|---|
| 1044 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1045 | PTR farg;
|
|---|
| 1046 | {
|
|---|
| 1047 | FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
|
|---|
| 1048 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
|
|---|
| 1049 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 1050 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1051 |
|
|---|
| 1052 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
|---|
| 1053 | if (p != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1054 | {
|
|---|
| 1055 | unsigned int i, c;
|
|---|
| 1056 |
|
|---|
| 1057 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
|
|---|
| 1058 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
|
|---|
| 1059 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
|
|---|
| 1060 | {
|
|---|
| 1061 | const char *pt;
|
|---|
| 1062 | char buf[20];
|
|---|
| 1063 |
|
|---|
| 1064 | switch (p->p_type)
|
|---|
| 1065 | {
|
|---|
| 1066 | case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
|
|---|
| 1067 | case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
|
|---|
| 1068 | case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
|
|---|
| 1069 | case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
|
|---|
| 1070 | case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
|
|---|
| 1071 | case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
|
|---|
| 1072 | case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
|
|---|
| 1073 | case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
|
|---|
| 1074 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
|
|---|
| 1075 | default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); pt = buf; break;
|
|---|
| 1076 | }
|
|---|
| 1077 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
|
|---|
| 1078 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
|
|---|
| 1079 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
|
|---|
| 1080 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
|
|---|
| 1081 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
|
|---|
| 1082 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
|
|---|
| 1083 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
|
|---|
| 1084 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
|
|---|
| 1085 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
|
|---|
| 1086 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
|
|---|
| 1087 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
|
|---|
| 1088 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
|
|---|
| 1089 | (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
|
|---|
| 1090 | (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
|
|---|
| 1091 | (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
|
|---|
| 1092 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
|
|---|
| 1093 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
|
|---|
| 1094 | fprintf (f, "\n");
|
|---|
| 1095 | }
|
|---|
| 1096 | }
|
|---|
| 1097 |
|
|---|
| 1098 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
|---|
| 1099 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1100 | {
|
|---|
| 1101 | int elfsec;
|
|---|
| 1102 | unsigned long shlink;
|
|---|
| 1103 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
|
|---|
| 1104 | size_t extdynsize;
|
|---|
| 1105 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *));
|
|---|
| 1106 |
|
|---|
| 1107 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
|
|---|
| 1108 |
|
|---|
| 1109 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size);
|
|---|
| 1110 | if (dynbuf == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1111 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1112 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0,
|
|---|
| 1113 | s->_raw_size))
|
|---|
| 1114 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1115 |
|
|---|
| 1116 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
|
|---|
| 1117 | if (elfsec == -1)
|
|---|
| 1118 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1119 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
|
|---|
| 1120 |
|
|---|
| 1121 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
|---|
| 1122 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
|
|---|
| 1123 |
|
|---|
| 1124 | extdyn = dynbuf;
|
|---|
| 1125 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 1126 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
|
|---|
| 1127 | {
|
|---|
| 1128 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
|---|
| 1129 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 1130 | char ab[20];
|
|---|
| 1131 | bfd_boolean stringp;
|
|---|
| 1132 |
|
|---|
| 1133 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn);
|
|---|
| 1134 |
|
|---|
| 1135 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
|
|---|
| 1136 | break;
|
|---|
| 1137 |
|
|---|
| 1138 | stringp = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1139 | switch (dyn.d_tag)
|
|---|
| 1140 | {
|
|---|
| 1141 | default:
|
|---|
| 1142 | sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
|
|---|
| 1143 | name = ab;
|
|---|
| 1144 | break;
|
|---|
| 1145 |
|
|---|
| 1146 | case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
|---|
| 1147 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 1148 | case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
|
|---|
| 1149 | case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
|
|---|
| 1150 | case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
|
|---|
| 1151 | case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
|
|---|
| 1152 | case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
|
|---|
| 1153 | case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 1154 | case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
|
|---|
| 1155 | case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 1156 | case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
|
|---|
| 1157 | case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
|
|---|
| 1158 | case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
|
|---|
| 1159 | case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
|---|
| 1160 | case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
|---|
| 1161 | case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
|
|---|
| 1162 | case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
|
|---|
| 1163 | case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 1164 | case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
|
|---|
| 1165 | case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
|
|---|
| 1166 | case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
|
|---|
| 1167 | case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
|
|---|
| 1168 | case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
|
|---|
| 1169 | case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
|
|---|
| 1170 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
|
|---|
| 1171 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
|
|---|
| 1172 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 1173 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 1174 | case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
|---|
| 1175 | case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
|
|---|
| 1176 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
|
|---|
| 1177 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 1178 | case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
|
|---|
| 1179 | case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 1180 | case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
|
|---|
| 1181 | case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 1182 | case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
|
|---|
| 1183 | case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
|
|---|
| 1184 | case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
|
|---|
| 1185 | case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
|
|---|
| 1186 | case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
|---|
| 1187 | case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
|---|
| 1188 | case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
|---|
| 1189 | case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
|
|---|
| 1190 | case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
|
|---|
| 1191 | case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
|
|---|
| 1192 | case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
|
|---|
| 1193 | case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
|
|---|
| 1194 | case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
|
|---|
| 1195 | case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
|
|---|
| 1196 | case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
|
|---|
| 1197 | case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
|
|---|
| 1198 | case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
|
|---|
| 1199 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
|
|---|
| 1200 | case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
|---|
| 1201 | case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
|
|---|
| 1202 | case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
|
|---|
| 1203 | }
|
|---|
| 1204 |
|
|---|
| 1205 | fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
|
|---|
| 1206 | if (! stringp)
|
|---|
| 1207 | fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
|
|---|
| 1208 | else
|
|---|
| 1209 | {
|
|---|
| 1210 | const char *string;
|
|---|
| 1211 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
|
|---|
| 1212 |
|
|---|
| 1213 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
|
|---|
| 1214 | if (string == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1215 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1216 | fprintf (f, "%s", string);
|
|---|
| 1217 | }
|
|---|
| 1218 | fprintf (f, "\n");
|
|---|
| 1219 | }
|
|---|
| 1220 |
|
|---|
| 1221 | free (dynbuf);
|
|---|
| 1222 | dynbuf = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1223 | }
|
|---|
| 1224 |
|
|---|
| 1225 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1226 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
|
|---|
| 1227 | {
|
|---|
| 1228 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd))
|
|---|
| 1229 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1230 | }
|
|---|
| 1231 |
|
|---|
| 1232 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
|
|---|
| 1233 | {
|
|---|
| 1234 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
|
|---|
| 1235 |
|
|---|
| 1236 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
|
|---|
| 1237 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
|
|---|
| 1238 | {
|
|---|
| 1239 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
|
|---|
| 1240 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, t->vd_nodename);
|
|---|
| 1241 | if (t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1242 | {
|
|---|
| 1243 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
|
|---|
| 1244 |
|
|---|
| 1245 | fprintf (f, "\t");
|
|---|
| 1246 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
|
|---|
| 1247 | a != NULL;
|
|---|
| 1248 | a = a->vda_nextptr)
|
|---|
| 1249 | fprintf (f, "%s ", a->vda_nodename);
|
|---|
| 1250 | fprintf (f, "\n");
|
|---|
| 1251 | }
|
|---|
| 1252 | }
|
|---|
| 1253 | }
|
|---|
| 1254 |
|
|---|
| 1255 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
|
|---|
| 1256 | {
|
|---|
| 1257 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
|
|---|
| 1258 |
|
|---|
| 1259 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
|
|---|
| 1260 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
|
|---|
| 1261 | {
|
|---|
| 1262 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
|
|---|
| 1263 |
|
|---|
| 1264 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), t->vn_filename);
|
|---|
| 1265 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
|
|---|
| 1266 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
|
|---|
| 1267 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, a->vna_nodename);
|
|---|
| 1268 | }
|
|---|
| 1269 | }
|
|---|
| 1270 |
|
|---|
| 1271 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1272 |
|
|---|
| 1273 | error_return:
|
|---|
| 1274 | if (dynbuf != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1275 | free (dynbuf);
|
|---|
| 1276 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1277 | }
|
|---|
| 1278 |
|
|---|
| 1279 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
|
|---|
| 1280 |
|
|---|
| 1281 | void
|
|---|
| 1282 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (abfd, filep, symbol, how)
|
|---|
| 1283 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1284 | PTR filep;
|
|---|
| 1285 | asymbol *symbol;
|
|---|
| 1286 | bfd_print_symbol_type how;
|
|---|
| 1287 | {
|
|---|
| 1288 | FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
|
|---|
| 1289 | switch (how)
|
|---|
| 1290 | {
|
|---|
| 1291 | case bfd_print_symbol_name:
|
|---|
| 1292 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
|
|---|
| 1293 | break;
|
|---|
| 1294 | case bfd_print_symbol_more:
|
|---|
| 1295 | fprintf (file, "elf ");
|
|---|
| 1296 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
|
|---|
| 1297 | fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
|
|---|
| 1298 | break;
|
|---|
| 1299 | case bfd_print_symbol_all:
|
|---|
| 1300 | {
|
|---|
| 1301 | const char *section_name;
|
|---|
| 1302 | const char *name = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1303 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|---|
| 1304 | unsigned char st_other;
|
|---|
| 1305 | bfd_vma val;
|
|---|
| 1306 |
|
|---|
| 1307 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
|
|---|
| 1308 |
|
|---|
| 1309 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1310 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
|
|---|
| 1311 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
|
|---|
| 1312 |
|
|---|
| 1313 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1314 | {
|
|---|
| 1315 | name = symbol->name;
|
|---|
| 1316 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, (PTR) file, symbol);
|
|---|
| 1317 | }
|
|---|
| 1318 |
|
|---|
| 1319 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
|
|---|
| 1320 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
|
|---|
| 1321 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
|
|---|
| 1322 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
|
|---|
| 1323 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */
|
|---|
| 1324 | if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
|
|---|
| 1325 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
|
|---|
| 1326 | else
|
|---|
| 1327 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
|
|---|
| 1328 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
|
|---|
| 1329 |
|
|---|
| 1330 | /* If we have version information, print it. */
|
|---|
| 1331 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
|
|---|
| 1332 | && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
|
|---|
| 1333 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
|
|---|
| 1334 | {
|
|---|
| 1335 | unsigned int vernum;
|
|---|
| 1336 | const char *version_string;
|
|---|
| 1337 |
|
|---|
| 1338 | vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
|
|---|
| 1339 |
|
|---|
| 1340 | if (vernum == 0)
|
|---|
| 1341 | version_string = "";
|
|---|
| 1342 | else if (vernum == 1)
|
|---|
| 1343 | version_string = "Base";
|
|---|
| 1344 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
|
|---|
| 1345 | version_string =
|
|---|
| 1346 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
|
|---|
| 1347 | else
|
|---|
| 1348 | {
|
|---|
| 1349 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
|
|---|
| 1350 |
|
|---|
| 1351 | version_string = "";
|
|---|
| 1352 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
|
|---|
| 1353 | t != NULL;
|
|---|
| 1354 | t = t->vn_nextref)
|
|---|
| 1355 | {
|
|---|
| 1356 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
|
|---|
| 1357 |
|
|---|
| 1358 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
|
|---|
| 1359 | {
|
|---|
| 1360 | if (a->vna_other == vernum)
|
|---|
| 1361 | {
|
|---|
| 1362 | version_string = a->vna_nodename;
|
|---|
| 1363 | break;
|
|---|
| 1364 | }
|
|---|
| 1365 | }
|
|---|
| 1366 | }
|
|---|
| 1367 | }
|
|---|
| 1368 |
|
|---|
| 1369 | if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
|
|---|
| 1370 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
|
|---|
| 1371 | else
|
|---|
| 1372 | {
|
|---|
| 1373 | int i;
|
|---|
| 1374 |
|
|---|
| 1375 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
|
|---|
| 1376 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
|
|---|
| 1377 | putc (' ', file);
|
|---|
| 1378 | }
|
|---|
| 1379 | }
|
|---|
| 1380 |
|
|---|
| 1381 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
|
|---|
| 1382 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
|
|---|
| 1383 |
|
|---|
| 1384 | switch (st_other)
|
|---|
| 1385 | {
|
|---|
| 1386 | case 0: break;
|
|---|
| 1387 | case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
|
|---|
| 1388 | case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
|
|---|
| 1389 | case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
|
|---|
| 1390 | default:
|
|---|
| 1391 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
|
|---|
| 1392 | everything hex. */
|
|---|
| 1393 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
|
|---|
| 1394 | }
|
|---|
| 1395 |
|
|---|
| 1396 | fprintf (file, " %s", name);
|
|---|
| 1397 | }
|
|---|
| 1398 | break;
|
|---|
| 1399 | }
|
|---|
| 1400 | }
|
|---|
| 1401 | |
|---|
| 1402 |
|
|---|
| 1403 | /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
|
|---|
| 1404 |
|
|---|
| 1405 | struct bfd_hash_entry *
|
|---|
| 1406 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
|
|---|
| 1407 | struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
|
|---|
| 1408 | struct bfd_hash_table *table;
|
|---|
| 1409 | const char *string;
|
|---|
| 1410 | {
|
|---|
| 1411 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
|
|---|
| 1412 | subclass. */
|
|---|
| 1413 | if (entry == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1414 | {
|
|---|
| 1415 | entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry));
|
|---|
| 1416 | if (entry == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1417 | return entry;
|
|---|
| 1418 | }
|
|---|
| 1419 |
|
|---|
| 1420 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
|
|---|
| 1421 | entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
|
|---|
| 1422 | if (entry != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1423 | {
|
|---|
| 1424 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
|
|---|
| 1425 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table;
|
|---|
| 1426 |
|
|---|
| 1427 | /* Set local fields. */
|
|---|
| 1428 | ret->indx = -1;
|
|---|
| 1429 | ret->dynindx = -1;
|
|---|
| 1430 | ret->dynstr_index = 0;
|
|---|
| 1431 | ret->elf_hash_value = 0;
|
|---|
| 1432 | ret->weakdef = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1433 | ret->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1434 | ret->verinfo.verdef = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1435 | ret->vtable_entries_size = 0;
|
|---|
| 1436 | ret->vtable_entries_used = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1437 | ret->vtable_parent = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1438 | ret->got = htab->init_refcount;
|
|---|
| 1439 | ret->plt = htab->init_refcount;
|
|---|
| 1440 | ret->size = 0;
|
|---|
| 1441 | ret->type = STT_NOTYPE;
|
|---|
| 1442 | ret->other = 0;
|
|---|
| 1443 | /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
|
|---|
| 1444 | This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
|
|---|
| 1445 | file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
|
|---|
| 1446 | reader will have the flag set correctly. */
|
|---|
| 1447 | ret->elf_link_hash_flags = ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
|
|---|
| 1448 | }
|
|---|
| 1449 |
|
|---|
| 1450 | return entry;
|
|---|
| 1451 | }
|
|---|
| 1452 |
|
|---|
| 1453 | /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
|
|---|
| 1454 | old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
|
|---|
| 1455 |
|
|---|
| 1456 | void
|
|---|
| 1457 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed, dir, ind)
|
|---|
| 1458 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|---|
| 1459 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind;
|
|---|
| 1460 | {
|
|---|
| 1461 | bfd_signed_vma tmp;
|
|---|
| 1462 | bfd_signed_vma lowest_valid = bed->can_refcount;
|
|---|
| 1463 |
|
|---|
| 1464 | /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
|
|---|
| 1465 | symbol which just became indirect. */
|
|---|
| 1466 |
|
|---|
| 1467 | dir->elf_link_hash_flags |=
|
|---|
| 1468 | (ind->elf_link_hash_flags
|
|---|
| 1469 | & (ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
|
|---|
| 1470 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
|
|---|
| 1471 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR_NONWEAK
|
|---|
| 1472 | | ELF_LINK_NON_GOT_REF));
|
|---|
| 1473 |
|
|---|
| 1474 | if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
|---|
| 1475 | return;
|
|---|
| 1476 |
|
|---|
| 1477 | /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
|
|---|
| 1478 | These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
|
|---|
| 1479 | tmp = dir->got.refcount;
|
|---|
| 1480 | if (tmp < lowest_valid)
|
|---|
| 1481 | {
|
|---|
| 1482 | dir->got.refcount = ind->got.refcount;
|
|---|
| 1483 | ind->got.refcount = tmp;
|
|---|
| 1484 | }
|
|---|
| 1485 | else
|
|---|
| 1486 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->got.refcount < lowest_valid);
|
|---|
| 1487 |
|
|---|
| 1488 | tmp = dir->plt.refcount;
|
|---|
| 1489 | if (tmp < lowest_valid)
|
|---|
| 1490 | {
|
|---|
| 1491 | dir->plt.refcount = ind->plt.refcount;
|
|---|
| 1492 | ind->plt.refcount = tmp;
|
|---|
| 1493 | }
|
|---|
| 1494 | else
|
|---|
| 1495 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->plt.refcount < lowest_valid);
|
|---|
| 1496 |
|
|---|
| 1497 | if (dir->dynindx == -1)
|
|---|
| 1498 | {
|
|---|
| 1499 | dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx;
|
|---|
| 1500 | dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index;
|
|---|
| 1501 | ind->dynindx = -1;
|
|---|
| 1502 | ind->dynstr_index = 0;
|
|---|
| 1503 | }
|
|---|
| 1504 | else
|
|---|
| 1505 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->dynindx == -1);
|
|---|
| 1506 | }
|
|---|
| 1507 |
|
|---|
| 1508 | void
|
|---|
| 1509 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, force_local)
|
|---|
| 1510 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
|---|
| 1511 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
|---|
| 1512 | bfd_boolean force_local;
|
|---|
| 1513 | {
|
|---|
| 1514 | h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_offset;
|
|---|
| 1515 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
|
|---|
| 1516 | if (force_local)
|
|---|
| 1517 | {
|
|---|
| 1518 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL;
|
|---|
| 1519 | if (h->dynindx != -1)
|
|---|
| 1520 | {
|
|---|
| 1521 | h->dynindx = -1;
|
|---|
| 1522 | _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
|
|---|
| 1523 | h->dynstr_index);
|
|---|
| 1524 | }
|
|---|
| 1525 | }
|
|---|
| 1526 | }
|
|---|
| 1527 |
|
|---|
| 1528 | /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
|
|---|
| 1529 |
|
|---|
| 1530 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 1531 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (table, abfd, newfunc)
|
|---|
| 1532 | struct elf_link_hash_table *table;
|
|---|
| 1533 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1534 | struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc)
|
|---|
| 1535 | PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *,
|
|---|
| 1536 | const char *));
|
|---|
| 1537 | {
|
|---|
| 1538 | bfd_boolean ret;
|
|---|
| 1539 |
|
|---|
| 1540 | table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1541 | table->dynobj = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1542 | /* Make sure can_refcount is extended to the width and signedness of
|
|---|
| 1543 | init_refcount before we subtract one from it. */
|
|---|
| 1544 | table->init_refcount.refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount;
|
|---|
| 1545 | table->init_refcount.refcount -= 1;
|
|---|
| 1546 | table->init_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
|
|---|
| 1547 | /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
|
|---|
| 1548 | table->dynsymcount = 1;
|
|---|
| 1549 | table->dynstr = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1550 | table->bucketcount = 0;
|
|---|
| 1551 | table->needed = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1552 | table->hgot = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1553 | table->stab_info = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1554 | table->merge_info = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1555 | memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info));
|
|---|
| 1556 | table->dynlocal = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1557 | table->runpath = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1558 | table->tls_segment = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1559 | table->loaded = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1560 |
|
|---|
| 1561 | ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc);
|
|---|
| 1562 | table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table;
|
|---|
| 1563 |
|
|---|
| 1564 | return ret;
|
|---|
| 1565 | }
|
|---|
| 1566 |
|
|---|
| 1567 | /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
|
|---|
| 1568 |
|
|---|
| 1569 | struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
|---|
| 1570 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
|
|---|
| 1571 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1572 | {
|
|---|
| 1573 | struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
|
|---|
| 1574 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table);
|
|---|
| 1575 |
|
|---|
| 1576 | ret = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
|---|
| 1577 | if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_table *) NULL)
|
|---|
| 1578 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 1579 |
|
|---|
| 1580 | if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
|
|---|
| 1581 | {
|
|---|
| 1582 | free (ret);
|
|---|
| 1583 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 1584 | }
|
|---|
| 1585 |
|
|---|
| 1586 | return &ret->root;
|
|---|
| 1587 | }
|
|---|
| 1588 |
|
|---|
| 1589 | /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
|
|---|
| 1590 | tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
|
|---|
| 1591 | entry for a dynamic object. The generic linker passes name as an
|
|---|
| 1592 | empty string to indicate that no DT_NEEDED entry should be made. */
|
|---|
| 1593 |
|
|---|
| 1594 | void
|
|---|
| 1595 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (abfd, name)
|
|---|
| 1596 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1597 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 1598 | {
|
|---|
| 1599 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 1600 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
|---|
| 1601 | elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
|
|---|
| 1602 | }
|
|---|
| 1603 |
|
|---|
| 1604 | void
|
|---|
| 1605 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_soname (abfd, name)
|
|---|
| 1606 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1607 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 1608 | {
|
|---|
| 1609 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 1610 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
|---|
| 1611 | elf_dt_soname (abfd) = name;
|
|---|
| 1612 | }
|
|---|
| 1613 |
|
|---|
| 1614 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
|
|---|
| 1615 | the linker ELF emulation code. */
|
|---|
| 1616 |
|
|---|
| 1617 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *
|
|---|
| 1618 | bfd_elf_get_needed_list (abfd, info)
|
|---|
| 1619 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 1620 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
|---|
| 1621 | {
|
|---|
| 1622 | if (! is_elf_hash_table (info))
|
|---|
| 1623 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 1624 | return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
|
|---|
| 1625 | }
|
|---|
| 1626 |
|
|---|
| 1627 | /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
|
|---|
| 1628 | hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
|
|---|
| 1629 |
|
|---|
| 1630 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *
|
|---|
| 1631 | bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (abfd, info)
|
|---|
| 1632 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 1633 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
|---|
| 1634 | {
|
|---|
| 1635 | if (! is_elf_hash_table (info))
|
|---|
| 1636 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 1637 | return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath;
|
|---|
| 1638 | }
|
|---|
| 1639 |
|
|---|
| 1640 | /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
|
|---|
| 1641 | is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
|
|---|
| 1642 | passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
|
|---|
| 1643 |
|
|---|
| 1644 | const char *
|
|---|
| 1645 | bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd)
|
|---|
| 1646 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1647 | {
|
|---|
| 1648 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 1649 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
|---|
| 1650 | return elf_dt_name (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1651 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 1652 | }
|
|---|
| 1653 |
|
|---|
| 1654 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
|
|---|
| 1655 | the ELF linker emulation code. */
|
|---|
| 1656 |
|
|---|
| 1657 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 1658 | bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (abfd, pneeded)
|
|---|
| 1659 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1660 | struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded;
|
|---|
| 1661 | {
|
|---|
| 1662 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 1663 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1664 | int elfsec;
|
|---|
| 1665 | unsigned long shlink;
|
|---|
| 1666 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
|
|---|
| 1667 | size_t extdynsize;
|
|---|
| 1668 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *));
|
|---|
| 1669 |
|
|---|
| 1670 | *pneeded = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1671 |
|
|---|
| 1672 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 1673 | || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
|
|---|
| 1674 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1675 |
|
|---|
| 1676 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
|---|
| 1677 | if (s == NULL || s->_raw_size == 0)
|
|---|
| 1678 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1679 |
|
|---|
| 1680 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size);
|
|---|
| 1681 | if (dynbuf == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1682 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1683 |
|
|---|
| 1684 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0,
|
|---|
| 1685 | s->_raw_size))
|
|---|
| 1686 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1687 |
|
|---|
| 1688 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
|
|---|
| 1689 | if (elfsec == -1)
|
|---|
| 1690 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1691 |
|
|---|
| 1692 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
|
|---|
| 1693 |
|
|---|
| 1694 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
|---|
| 1695 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
|
|---|
| 1696 |
|
|---|
| 1697 | extdyn = dynbuf;
|
|---|
| 1698 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 1699 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
|
|---|
| 1700 | {
|
|---|
| 1701 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
|---|
| 1702 |
|
|---|
| 1703 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn);
|
|---|
| 1704 |
|
|---|
| 1705 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
|
|---|
| 1706 | break;
|
|---|
| 1707 |
|
|---|
| 1708 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
|
|---|
| 1709 | {
|
|---|
| 1710 | const char *string;
|
|---|
| 1711 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *l;
|
|---|
| 1712 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
|
|---|
| 1713 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
|---|
| 1714 |
|
|---|
| 1715 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
|
|---|
| 1716 | if (string == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1717 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1718 |
|
|---|
| 1719 | amt = sizeof *l;
|
|---|
| 1720 | l = (struct bfd_link_needed_list *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 1721 | if (l == NULL)
|
|---|
| 1722 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 1723 |
|
|---|
| 1724 | l->by = abfd;
|
|---|
| 1725 | l->name = string;
|
|---|
| 1726 | l->next = *pneeded;
|
|---|
| 1727 | *pneeded = l;
|
|---|
| 1728 | }
|
|---|
| 1729 | }
|
|---|
| 1730 |
|
|---|
| 1731 | free (dynbuf);
|
|---|
| 1732 |
|
|---|
| 1733 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1734 |
|
|---|
| 1735 | error_return:
|
|---|
| 1736 | if (dynbuf != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1737 | free (dynbuf);
|
|---|
| 1738 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1739 | }
|
|---|
| 1740 | |
|---|
| 1741 |
|
|---|
| 1742 | /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
|
|---|
| 1743 |
|
|---|
| 1744 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *
|
|---|
| 1745 | _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ()
|
|---|
| 1746 | {
|
|---|
| 1747 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
|
|---|
| 1748 |
|
|---|
| 1749 | ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
|
|---|
| 1750 | if (ret != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1751 | {
|
|---|
| 1752 | bfd_size_type loc;
|
|---|
| 1753 |
|
|---|
| 1754 | loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
|
|---|
| 1755 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
|
|---|
| 1756 | if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
|
|---|
| 1757 | {
|
|---|
| 1758 | _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
|
|---|
| 1759 | ret = NULL;
|
|---|
| 1760 | }
|
|---|
| 1761 | }
|
|---|
| 1762 | return ret;
|
|---|
| 1763 | }
|
|---|
| 1764 | |
|---|
| 1765 |
|
|---|
| 1766 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
|
|---|
| 1767 |
|
|---|
| 1768 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
|
|---|
| 1769 |
|
|---|
| 1770 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 1771 | bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex)
|
|---|
| 1772 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 1773 | unsigned int shindex;
|
|---|
| 1774 | {
|
|---|
| 1775 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
|
|---|
| 1776 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1777 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1778 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 1779 |
|
|---|
| 1780 | name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name);
|
|---|
| 1781 |
|
|---|
| 1782 | switch (hdr->sh_type)
|
|---|
| 1783 | {
|
|---|
| 1784 | case SHT_NULL:
|
|---|
| 1785 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
|
|---|
| 1786 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1787 |
|
|---|
| 1788 | case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
|
|---|
| 1789 | case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
|
|---|
| 1790 | case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
|
|---|
| 1791 | case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
|
|---|
| 1792 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
|
|---|
| 1793 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
|
|---|
| 1794 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
|
|---|
| 1795 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1796 |
|
|---|
| 1797 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
|
|---|
| 1798 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
|
|---|
| 1799 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1800 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
|
|---|
| 1801 | {
|
|---|
| 1802 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
|
|---|
| 1803 |
|
|---|
| 1804 | /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
|
|---|
| 1805 | sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
|
|---|
| 1806 | string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
|
|---|
| 1807 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
|
|---|
| 1808 | {
|
|---|
| 1809 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
|
|---|
| 1810 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
|
|---|
| 1811 | }
|
|---|
| 1812 | else
|
|---|
| 1813 | {
|
|---|
| 1814 | unsigned int i, num_sec;
|
|---|
| 1815 |
|
|---|
| 1816 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1817 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
|
|---|
| 1818 | {
|
|---|
| 1819 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
|---|
| 1820 | if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
|
|---|
| 1821 | {
|
|---|
| 1822 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
|
|---|
| 1823 | break;
|
|---|
| 1824 | }
|
|---|
| 1825 | }
|
|---|
| 1826 | }
|
|---|
| 1827 | }
|
|---|
| 1828 | break;
|
|---|
| 1829 |
|
|---|
| 1830 | case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
|
|---|
| 1831 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
|
|---|
| 1832 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1833 |
|
|---|
| 1834 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym);
|
|---|
| 1835 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
|
|---|
| 1836 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
|
|---|
| 1837 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1838 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1839 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
|
|---|
| 1840 |
|
|---|
| 1841 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
|
|---|
| 1842 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
|
|---|
| 1843 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
|
|---|
| 1844 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
|
|---|
| 1845 | set in a relocateable object file, which would confuse the
|
|---|
| 1846 | linker. */
|
|---|
| 1847 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
|
|---|
| 1848 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
|
|---|
| 1849 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
|
|---|
| 1850 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1851 |
|
|---|
| 1852 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1853 |
|
|---|
| 1854 | case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
|
|---|
| 1855 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
|
|---|
| 1856 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1857 |
|
|---|
| 1858 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym);
|
|---|
| 1859 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
|
|---|
| 1860 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
|
|---|
| 1861 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1862 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1863 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
|
|---|
| 1864 |
|
|---|
| 1865 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
|
|---|
| 1866 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
|
|---|
| 1867 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1868 |
|
|---|
| 1869 | case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
|
|---|
| 1870 | if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
|
|---|
| 1871 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1872 |
|
|---|
| 1873 | /* Get the associated symbol table. */
|
|---|
| 1874 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)
|
|---|
| 1875 | || hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd))
|
|---|
| 1876 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1877 |
|
|---|
| 1878 | elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
|
|---|
| 1879 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1880 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1881 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1882 |
|
|---|
| 1883 | case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
|
|---|
| 1884 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
|---|
| 1885 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1886 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
|
|---|
| 1887 | {
|
|---|
| 1888 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1889 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1890 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1891 | }
|
|---|
| 1892 | {
|
|---|
| 1893 | unsigned int i, num_sec;
|
|---|
| 1894 |
|
|---|
| 1895 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1896 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
|
|---|
| 1897 | {
|
|---|
| 1898 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
|---|
| 1899 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
|
|---|
| 1900 | {
|
|---|
| 1901 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
|
|---|
| 1902 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1903 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
|
|---|
| 1904 | {
|
|---|
| 1905 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1906 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] =
|
|---|
| 1907 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1908 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1909 | }
|
|---|
| 1910 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
|
|---|
| 1911 | {
|
|---|
| 1912 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1913 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr =
|
|---|
| 1914 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1915 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so
|
|---|
| 1916 | that objcopy can handle it. */
|
|---|
| 1917 | break;
|
|---|
| 1918 | }
|
|---|
| 1919 | #if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */
|
|---|
| 1920 | hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; /* in case it moved */
|
|---|
| 1921 | /* We have a strtab for some random other section. */
|
|---|
| 1922 | newsect = (asection *) hdr2->bfd_section;
|
|---|
| 1923 | if (!newsect)
|
|---|
| 1924 | break;
|
|---|
| 1925 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
|
|---|
| 1926 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)->str_hdr;
|
|---|
| 1927 | *hdr2 = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 1928 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
|
|---|
| 1929 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1930 | }
|
|---|
| 1931 | }
|
|---|
| 1932 | }
|
|---|
| 1933 |
|
|---|
| 1934 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1935 |
|
|---|
| 1936 | case SHT_REL:
|
|---|
| 1937 | case SHT_RELA:
|
|---|
| 1938 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
|
|---|
| 1939 | {
|
|---|
| 1940 | asection *target_sect;
|
|---|
| 1941 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
|
|---|
| 1942 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 1943 |
|
|---|
| 1944 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
|
|---|
| 1945 | if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
|
|---|
| 1946 | || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
|
|---|
| 1947 | {
|
|---|
| 1948 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 1949 | (_("%s: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
|
|---|
| 1950 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
|
|---|
| 1951 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1952 | }
|
|---|
| 1953 |
|
|---|
| 1954 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
|
|---|
| 1955 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
|
|---|
| 1956 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
|
|---|
| 1957 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
|
|---|
| 1958 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
|
|---|
| 1959 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
|
|---|
| 1960 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
|
|---|
| 1961 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
|
|---|
| 1962 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
|
|---|
| 1963 | {
|
|---|
| 1964 | unsigned int scan;
|
|---|
| 1965 | int found;
|
|---|
| 1966 |
|
|---|
| 1967 | found = 0;
|
|---|
| 1968 | for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
|
|---|
| 1969 | {
|
|---|
| 1970 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
|---|
| 1971 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
|
|---|
| 1972 | {
|
|---|
| 1973 | if (found != 0)
|
|---|
| 1974 | {
|
|---|
| 1975 | found = 0;
|
|---|
| 1976 | break;
|
|---|
| 1977 | }
|
|---|
| 1978 | found = scan;
|
|---|
| 1979 | }
|
|---|
| 1980 | }
|
|---|
| 1981 | if (found != 0)
|
|---|
| 1982 | hdr->sh_link = found;
|
|---|
| 1983 | }
|
|---|
| 1984 |
|
|---|
| 1985 | /* Get the symbol table. */
|
|---|
| 1986 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
|---|
| 1987 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
|
|---|
| 1988 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1989 |
|
|---|
| 1990 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
|
|---|
| 1991 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
|
|---|
| 1992 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
|
|---|
| 1993 | try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
|
|---|
| 1994 | can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
|
|---|
| 1995 | section. */
|
|---|
| 1996 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF)
|
|---|
| 1997 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 1998 |
|
|---|
| 1999 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
|
|---|
| 2000 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2001 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
|
|---|
| 2002 | if (target_sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2003 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2004 |
|
|---|
| 2005 | if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
|---|
| 2006 | || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
|
|---|
| 2007 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2008 | else
|
|---|
| 2009 | {
|
|---|
| 2010 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
|---|
| 2011 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
|
|---|
| 2012 | amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
|
|---|
| 2013 | hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 2014 | elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
|
|---|
| 2015 | }
|
|---|
| 2016 | *hdr2 = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 2017 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
|
|---|
| 2018 | target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
|
|---|
| 2019 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
|
|---|
| 2020 | target_sect->relocation = NULL;
|
|---|
| 2021 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
|
|---|
| 2022 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
|
|---|
| 2023 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
|
|---|
| 2024 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
|
|---|
| 2025 | target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
|
|---|
| 2026 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
|
|---|
| 2027 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2028 | }
|
|---|
| 2029 | break;
|
|---|
| 2030 |
|
|---|
| 2031 | case SHT_GNU_verdef:
|
|---|
| 2032 | elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
|
|---|
| 2033 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 2034 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 2035 | break;
|
|---|
| 2036 |
|
|---|
| 2037 | case SHT_GNU_versym:
|
|---|
| 2038 | elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
|
|---|
| 2039 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 2040 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 2041 | break;
|
|---|
| 2042 |
|
|---|
| 2043 | case SHT_GNU_verneed:
|
|---|
| 2044 | elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
|
|---|
| 2045 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
|
|---|
| 2046 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 2047 | break;
|
|---|
| 2048 |
|
|---|
| 2049 | case SHT_SHLIB:
|
|---|
| 2050 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2051 |
|
|---|
| 2052 | case SHT_GROUP:
|
|---|
| 2053 | /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
|
|---|
| 2054 | and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
|
|---|
| 2055 | name. */
|
|---|
| 2056 | name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
|
|---|
| 2057 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2058 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2059 | if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
|
|---|
| 2060 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2061 | if (hdr->contents != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2062 | {
|
|---|
| 2063 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
|
|---|
| 2064 | unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4;
|
|---|
| 2065 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 2066 |
|
|---|
| 2067 | if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
|
|---|
| 2068 | hdr->bfd_section->flags
|
|---|
| 2069 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
|
|---|
| 2070 |
|
|---|
| 2071 | while (--n_elt != 0)
|
|---|
| 2072 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
|
|---|
| 2073 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2074 | {
|
|---|
| 2075 | elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
|
|---|
| 2076 | break;
|
|---|
| 2077 | }
|
|---|
| 2078 | }
|
|---|
| 2079 | break;
|
|---|
| 2080 |
|
|---|
| 2081 | default:
|
|---|
| 2082 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
|
|---|
| 2083 | {
|
|---|
| 2084 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr)
|
|---|
| 2085 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|---|
| 2086 | }
|
|---|
| 2087 | break;
|
|---|
| 2088 | }
|
|---|
| 2089 |
|
|---|
| 2090 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2091 | }
|
|---|
| 2092 |
|
|---|
| 2093 | /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
|
|---|
| 2094 | Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
|
|---|
| 2095 |
|
|---|
| 2096 | asection *
|
|---|
| 2097 | bfd_section_from_r_symndx (abfd, cache, sec, r_symndx)
|
|---|
| 2098 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2099 | struct sym_sec_cache *cache;
|
|---|
| 2100 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 2101 | unsigned long r_symndx;
|
|---|
| 2102 | {
|
|---|
| 2103 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2104 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
|
|---|
| 2105 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
|
|---|
| 2106 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
|
|---|
| 2107 | unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
|
|---|
| 2108 |
|
|---|
| 2109 | if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx)
|
|---|
| 2110 | return cache->sec[ent];
|
|---|
| 2111 |
|
|---|
| 2112 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2113 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
|
|---|
| 2114 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2115 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 2116 |
|
|---|
| 2117 | if (cache->abfd != abfd)
|
|---|
| 2118 | {
|
|---|
| 2119 | memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
|
|---|
| 2120 | cache->abfd = abfd;
|
|---|
| 2121 | }
|
|---|
| 2122 | cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
|
|---|
| 2123 | cache->sec[ent] = sec;
|
|---|
| 2124 | if (isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
|
|---|
| 2125 | {
|
|---|
| 2126 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 2127 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx);
|
|---|
| 2128 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2129 | cache->sec[ent] = s;
|
|---|
| 2130 | }
|
|---|
| 2131 | return cache->sec[ent];
|
|---|
| 2132 | }
|
|---|
| 2133 |
|
|---|
| 2134 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
|
|---|
| 2135 | section. */
|
|---|
| 2136 |
|
|---|
| 2137 | asection *
|
|---|
| 2138 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, index)
|
|---|
| 2139 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2140 | unsigned int index;
|
|---|
| 2141 | {
|
|---|
| 2142 | if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
|
|---|
| 2143 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 2144 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
|
|---|
| 2145 | }
|
|---|
| 2146 |
|
|---|
| 2147 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 2148 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec)
|
|---|
| 2149 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2150 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 2151 | {
|
|---|
| 2152 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
|
|---|
| 2153 |
|
|---|
| 2154 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
|
|---|
| 2155 | if (sdata == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2156 | {
|
|---|
| 2157 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
|
|---|
| 2158 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 2159 | if (sdata == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2160 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2161 | sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata;
|
|---|
| 2162 | }
|
|---|
| 2163 |
|
|---|
| 2164 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
|
|---|
| 2165 | sec->use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->default_use_rela_p;
|
|---|
| 2166 |
|
|---|
| 2167 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2168 | }
|
|---|
| 2169 |
|
|---|
| 2170 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
|
|---|
| 2171 |
|
|---|
| 2172 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
|
|---|
| 2173 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
|
|---|
| 2174 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
|
|---|
| 2175 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
|
|---|
| 2176 |
|
|---|
| 2177 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
|
|---|
| 2178 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
|
|---|
| 2179 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
|
|---|
| 2180 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
|
|---|
| 2181 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
|
|---|
| 2182 | of combined data+bss.
|
|---|
| 2183 |
|
|---|
| 2184 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
|
|---|
| 2185 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
|
|---|
| 2186 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
|
|---|
| 2187 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
|
|---|
| 2188 | into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
|
|---|
| 2189 |
|
|---|
| 2190 | */
|
|---|
| 2191 |
|
|---|
| 2192 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 2193 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, typename)
|
|---|
| 2194 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2195 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 2196 | int index;
|
|---|
| 2197 | const char *typename;
|
|---|
| 2198 | {
|
|---|
| 2199 | asection *newsect;
|
|---|
| 2200 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 2201 | char namebuf[64];
|
|---|
| 2202 | size_t len;
|
|---|
| 2203 | int split;
|
|---|
| 2204 |
|
|---|
| 2205 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
|
|---|
| 2206 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
|
|---|
| 2207 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
|
|---|
| 2208 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
|
|---|
| 2209 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
|
|---|
| 2210 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
|---|
| 2211 | if (!name)
|
|---|
| 2212 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2213 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
|
|---|
| 2214 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 2215 | if (newsect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2216 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2217 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
|
|---|
| 2218 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
|
|---|
| 2219 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz;
|
|---|
| 2220 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
|
|---|
| 2221 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 2222 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 2223 | {
|
|---|
| 2224 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
|---|
| 2225 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
|
|---|
| 2226 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
|
|---|
| 2227 | {
|
|---|
| 2228 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
|
|---|
| 2229 | may be data. */
|
|---|
| 2230 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
|---|
| 2231 | }
|
|---|
| 2232 | }
|
|---|
| 2233 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
|
|---|
| 2234 | {
|
|---|
| 2235 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|---|
| 2236 | }
|
|---|
| 2237 |
|
|---|
| 2238 | if (split)
|
|---|
| 2239 | {
|
|---|
| 2240 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
|
|---|
| 2241 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
|
|---|
| 2242 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
|---|
| 2243 | if (!name)
|
|---|
| 2244 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2245 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
|
|---|
| 2246 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 2247 | if (newsect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2248 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2249 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
|
|---|
| 2250 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
|
|---|
| 2251 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
|
|---|
| 2252 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 2253 | {
|
|---|
| 2254 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
|---|
| 2255 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
|
|---|
| 2256 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
|---|
| 2257 | }
|
|---|
| 2258 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
|
|---|
| 2259 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|---|
| 2260 | }
|
|---|
| 2261 |
|
|---|
| 2262 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2263 | }
|
|---|
| 2264 |
|
|---|
| 2265 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 2266 | bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index)
|
|---|
| 2267 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2268 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 2269 | int index;
|
|---|
| 2270 | {
|
|---|
| 2271 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|---|
| 2272 |
|
|---|
| 2273 | switch (hdr->p_type)
|
|---|
| 2274 | {
|
|---|
| 2275 | case PT_NULL:
|
|---|
| 2276 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
|
|---|
| 2277 |
|
|---|
| 2278 | case PT_LOAD:
|
|---|
| 2279 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
|
|---|
| 2280 |
|
|---|
| 2281 | case PT_DYNAMIC:
|
|---|
| 2282 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
|
|---|
| 2283 |
|
|---|
| 2284 | case PT_INTERP:
|
|---|
| 2285 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
|
|---|
| 2286 |
|
|---|
| 2287 | case PT_NOTE:
|
|---|
| 2288 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
|
|---|
| 2289 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2290 | if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, (file_ptr) hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
|
|---|
| 2291 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2292 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2293 |
|
|---|
| 2294 | case PT_SHLIB:
|
|---|
| 2295 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
|
|---|
| 2296 |
|
|---|
| 2297 | case PT_PHDR:
|
|---|
| 2298 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
|
|---|
| 2299 |
|
|---|
| 2300 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
|
|---|
| 2301 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
|
|---|
| 2302 | "eh_frame_hdr");
|
|---|
| 2303 |
|
|---|
| 2304 | default:
|
|---|
| 2305 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types.
|
|---|
| 2306 | If no handler for them, default to making "segment" sections. */
|
|---|
| 2307 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 2308 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr)
|
|---|
| 2309 | return (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) (abfd, hdr, index);
|
|---|
| 2310 | else
|
|---|
| 2311 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "segment");
|
|---|
| 2312 | }
|
|---|
| 2313 | }
|
|---|
| 2314 |
|
|---|
| 2315 | /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
|
|---|
| 2316 | relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
|
|---|
| 2317 | relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
|
|---|
| 2318 |
|
|---|
| 2319 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 2320 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, rel_hdr, asect, use_rela_p)
|
|---|
| 2321 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2322 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2323 | asection *asect;
|
|---|
| 2324 | bfd_boolean use_rela_p;
|
|---|
| 2325 | {
|
|---|
| 2326 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 2327 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 2328 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
|
|---|
| 2329 |
|
|---|
| 2330 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 2331 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2332 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2333 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
|
|---|
| 2334 | rel_hdr->sh_name =
|
|---|
| 2335 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
|
|---|
| 2336 | FALSE);
|
|---|
| 2337 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
|---|
| 2338 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2339 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
|
|---|
| 2340 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
|
|---|
| 2341 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
|
|---|
| 2342 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
|
|---|
| 2343 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align;
|
|---|
| 2344 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|---|
| 2345 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|---|
| 2346 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
|
|---|
| 2347 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
|
|---|
| 2348 |
|
|---|
| 2349 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2350 | }
|
|---|
| 2351 |
|
|---|
| 2352 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
|
|---|
| 2353 |
|
|---|
| 2354 | static void
|
|---|
| 2355 | elf_fake_sections (abfd, asect, failedptrarg)
|
|---|
| 2356 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2357 | asection *asect;
|
|---|
| 2358 | PTR failedptrarg;
|
|---|
| 2359 | {
|
|---|
| 2360 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 2361 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
|
|---|
| 2362 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2363 |
|
|---|
| 2364 | if (*failedptr)
|
|---|
| 2365 | {
|
|---|
| 2366 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
|
|---|
| 2367 | loop. */
|
|---|
| 2368 | return;
|
|---|
| 2369 | }
|
|---|
| 2370 |
|
|---|
| 2371 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2372 |
|
|---|
| 2373 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
|
|---|
| 2374 | asect->name, FALSE);
|
|---|
| 2375 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
|---|
| 2376 | {
|
|---|
| 2377 | *failedptr = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2378 | return;
|
|---|
| 2379 | }
|
|---|
| 2380 |
|
|---|
| 2381 | this_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|---|
| 2382 |
|
|---|
| 2383 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
|---|
| 2384 | || asect->user_set_vma)
|
|---|
| 2385 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
|
|---|
| 2386 | else
|
|---|
| 2387 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|---|
| 2388 |
|
|---|
| 2389 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
|
|---|
| 2390 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 2391 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
|---|
| 2392 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
|
|---|
| 2393 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
|
|---|
| 2394 | copy_private_section_data. */
|
|---|
| 2395 |
|
|---|
| 2396 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
|
|---|
| 2397 | this_hdr->contents = NULL;
|
|---|
| 2398 |
|
|---|
| 2399 | /* FIXME: This should not be based on section names. */
|
|---|
| 2400 | if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynstr") == 0)
|
|---|
| 2401 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|---|
| 2402 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".hash") == 0)
|
|---|
| 2403 | {
|
|---|
| 2404 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_HASH;
|
|---|
| 2405 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
|
|---|
| 2406 | }
|
|---|
| 2407 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynsym") == 0)
|
|---|
| 2408 | {
|
|---|
| 2409 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNSYM;
|
|---|
| 2410 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 2411 | }
|
|---|
| 2412 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
|
|---|
| 2413 | {
|
|---|
| 2414 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNAMIC;
|
|---|
| 2415 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
|---|
| 2416 | }
|
|---|
| 2417 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rela", 5) == 0
|
|---|
| 2418 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
|
|---|
| 2419 | {
|
|---|
| 2420 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA;
|
|---|
| 2421 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
|
|---|
| 2422 | }
|
|---|
| 2423 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rel", 4) == 0
|
|---|
| 2424 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
|
|---|
| 2425 | {
|
|---|
| 2426 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL;
|
|---|
| 2427 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
|
|---|
| 2428 | }
|
|---|
| 2429 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".init_array") == 0)
|
|---|
| 2430 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_INIT_ARRAY;
|
|---|
| 2431 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".fini_array") == 0)
|
|---|
| 2432 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_FINI_ARRAY;
|
|---|
| 2433 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".preinit_array") == 0)
|
|---|
| 2434 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY;
|
|---|
| 2435 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
|
|---|
| 2436 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOTE;
|
|---|
| 2437 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5) == 0
|
|---|
| 2438 | && strcmp (asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
|
|---|
| 2439 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|---|
| 2440 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version") == 0)
|
|---|
| 2441 | {
|
|---|
| 2442 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_versym;
|
|---|
| 2443 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
|
|---|
| 2444 | }
|
|---|
| 2445 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_d") == 0)
|
|---|
| 2446 | {
|
|---|
| 2447 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verdef;
|
|---|
| 2448 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|---|
| 2449 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
|
|---|
| 2450 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
|
|---|
| 2451 | zero. */
|
|---|
| 2452 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
|
|---|
| 2453 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
|
|---|
| 2454 | else
|
|---|
| 2455 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
|
|---|
| 2456 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
|
|---|
| 2457 | }
|
|---|
| 2458 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_r") == 0)
|
|---|
| 2459 | {
|
|---|
| 2460 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verneed;
|
|---|
| 2461 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|---|
| 2462 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
|
|---|
| 2463 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
|
|---|
| 2464 | zero. */
|
|---|
| 2465 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
|
|---|
| 2466 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
|
|---|
| 2467 | else
|
|---|
| 2468 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
|
|---|
| 2469 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
|
|---|
| 2470 | }
|
|---|
| 2471 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2472 | {
|
|---|
| 2473 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
|
|---|
| 2474 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4;
|
|---|
| 2475 | }
|
|---|
| 2476 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
|---|
| 2477 | && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
|
|---|
| 2478 | || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
|
|---|
| 2479 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
|
|---|
| 2480 | else
|
|---|
| 2481 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
|---|
| 2482 |
|
|---|
| 2483 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2484 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
|
|---|
| 2485 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
|---|
| 2486 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
|
|---|
| 2487 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2488 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
|
|---|
| 2489 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2490 | {
|
|---|
| 2491 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
|
|---|
| 2492 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
|
|---|
| 2493 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2494 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
|
|---|
| 2495 | }
|
|---|
| 2496 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2497 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
|
|---|
| 2498 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
|
|---|
| 2499 | {
|
|---|
| 2500 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
|
|---|
| 2501 | if (asect->_raw_size == 0 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
|---|
| 2502 | {
|
|---|
| 2503 | struct bfd_link_order *o;
|
|---|
| 2504 |
|
|---|
| 2505 | this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
|
|---|
| 2506 | for (o = asect->link_order_head; o != NULL; o = o->next)
|
|---|
| 2507 | if (this_hdr->sh_size < o->offset + o->size)
|
|---|
| 2508 | this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
|
|---|
| 2509 | if (this_hdr->sh_size)
|
|---|
| 2510 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
|
|---|
| 2511 | }
|
|---|
| 2512 | }
|
|---|
| 2513 |
|
|---|
| 2514 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
|
|---|
| 2515 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
|
|---|
| 2516 | && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
|
|---|
| 2517 | *failedptr = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2518 |
|
|---|
| 2519 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
|
|---|
| 2520 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
|
|---|
| 2521 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
|
|---|
| 2522 | create the other. */
|
|---|
| 2523 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
|
|---|
| 2524 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
|
|---|
| 2525 | &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
|
|---|
| 2526 | asect,
|
|---|
| 2527 | asect->use_rela_p))
|
|---|
| 2528 | *failedptr = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2529 | }
|
|---|
| 2530 |
|
|---|
| 2531 | /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
|
|---|
| 2532 |
|
|---|
| 2533 | void
|
|---|
| 2534 | bfd_elf_set_group_contents (abfd, sec, failedptrarg)
|
|---|
| 2535 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2536 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 2537 | PTR failedptrarg;
|
|---|
| 2538 | {
|
|---|
| 2539 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
|
|---|
| 2540 | unsigned long symindx;
|
|---|
| 2541 | asection *elt, *first;
|
|---|
| 2542 | unsigned char *loc;
|
|---|
| 2543 | struct bfd_link_order *l;
|
|---|
| 2544 | bfd_boolean gas;
|
|---|
| 2545 |
|
|---|
| 2546 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP
|
|---|
| 2547 | || *failedptr)
|
|---|
| 2548 | return;
|
|---|
| 2549 |
|
|---|
| 2550 | symindx = 0;
|
|---|
| 2551 | if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2552 | symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
|
|---|
| 2553 |
|
|---|
| 2554 | if (symindx == 0)
|
|---|
| 2555 | {
|
|---|
| 2556 | /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
|
|---|
| 2557 | elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
|
|---|
| 2558 | if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2559 | symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
|
|---|
| 2560 | else
|
|---|
| 2561 | symindx = sec->target_index;
|
|---|
| 2562 | }
|
|---|
| 2563 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
|
|---|
| 2564 |
|
|---|
| 2565 | /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
|
|---|
| 2566 | gas = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2567 | if (sec->contents == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2568 | {
|
|---|
| 2569 | gas = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2570 | sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->_raw_size);
|
|---|
| 2571 |
|
|---|
| 2572 | /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
|
|---|
| 2573 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
|
|---|
| 2574 | if (sec->contents == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2575 | {
|
|---|
| 2576 | *failedptr = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2577 | return;
|
|---|
| 2578 | }
|
|---|
| 2579 | }
|
|---|
| 2580 |
|
|---|
| 2581 | loc = sec->contents + sec->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 2582 |
|
|---|
| 2583 | /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
|
|---|
| 2584 | squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
|
|---|
| 2585 | start of the input section group. */
|
|---|
| 2586 | first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
|
|---|
| 2587 |
|
|---|
| 2588 | /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
|
|---|
| 2589 | indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
|
|---|
| 2590 | just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
|
|---|
| 2591 | directives, not that it matters. */
|
|---|
| 2592 | while (elt != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2593 | {
|
|---|
| 2594 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 2595 | unsigned int idx;
|
|---|
| 2596 |
|
|---|
| 2597 | loc -= 4;
|
|---|
| 2598 | s = elt;
|
|---|
| 2599 | if (!gas)
|
|---|
| 2600 | s = s->output_section;
|
|---|
| 2601 | idx = 0;
|
|---|
| 2602 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2603 | idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 2604 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
|
|---|
| 2605 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
|
|---|
| 2606 | if (elt == first)
|
|---|
| 2607 | break;
|
|---|
| 2608 | }
|
|---|
| 2609 |
|
|---|
| 2610 | /* If this is a relocatable link, then the above did nothing because
|
|---|
| 2611 | SEC is the output section. Look through the input sections
|
|---|
| 2612 | instead. */
|
|---|
| 2613 | for (l = sec->link_order_head; l != NULL; l = l->next)
|
|---|
| 2614 | if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order
|
|---|
| 2615 | && (elt = elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)) != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2616 | do
|
|---|
| 2617 | {
|
|---|
| 2618 | loc -= 4;
|
|---|
| 2619 | H_PUT_32 (abfd,
|
|---|
| 2620 | elf_section_data (elt->output_section)->this_idx, loc);
|
|---|
| 2621 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
|
|---|
| 2622 | /* During a relocatable link, the lists are circular. */
|
|---|
| 2623 | }
|
|---|
| 2624 | while (elt != elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section));
|
|---|
| 2625 |
|
|---|
| 2626 | /* With ld -r, merging SHT_GROUP sections results in wasted space
|
|---|
| 2627 | due to allowing for the flag word on each input. We may well
|
|---|
| 2628 | duplicate entries too. */
|
|---|
| 2629 | while ((loc -= 4) > sec->contents)
|
|---|
| 2630 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, 0, loc);
|
|---|
| 2631 |
|
|---|
| 2632 | if (loc != sec->contents)
|
|---|
| 2633 | abort ();
|
|---|
| 2634 |
|
|---|
| 2635 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
|
|---|
| 2636 | }
|
|---|
| 2637 |
|
|---|
| 2638 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
|
|---|
| 2639 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
|
|---|
| 2640 | in here too, while we're at it. */
|
|---|
| 2641 |
|
|---|
| 2642 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 2643 | assign_section_numbers (abfd)
|
|---|
| 2644 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2645 | {
|
|---|
| 2646 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
|---|
| 2647 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 2648 | unsigned int section_number, secn;
|
|---|
| 2649 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
|---|
| 2650 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
|---|
| 2651 |
|
|---|
| 2652 | section_number = 1;
|
|---|
| 2653 |
|
|---|
| 2654 | _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
|---|
| 2655 |
|
|---|
| 2656 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
|
|---|
| 2657 | {
|
|---|
| 2658 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
|---|
| 2659 |
|
|---|
| 2660 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
|---|
| 2661 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
|---|
| 2662 | d->this_idx = section_number++;
|
|---|
| 2663 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
|
|---|
| 2664 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
|
|---|
| 2665 | d->rel_idx = 0;
|
|---|
| 2666 | else
|
|---|
| 2667 | {
|
|---|
| 2668 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
|---|
| 2669 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
|---|
| 2670 | d->rel_idx = section_number++;
|
|---|
| 2671 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
|
|---|
| 2672 | }
|
|---|
| 2673 |
|
|---|
| 2674 | if (d->rel_hdr2)
|
|---|
| 2675 | {
|
|---|
| 2676 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
|---|
| 2677 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
|---|
| 2678 | d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
|
|---|
| 2679 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
|
|---|
| 2680 | }
|
|---|
| 2681 | else
|
|---|
| 2682 | d->rel_idx2 = 0;
|
|---|
| 2683 | }
|
|---|
| 2684 |
|
|---|
| 2685 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
|---|
| 2686 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
|---|
| 2687 | t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
|
|---|
| 2688 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
|
|---|
| 2689 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
|
|---|
| 2690 |
|
|---|
| 2691 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
|---|
| 2692 | {
|
|---|
| 2693 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
|---|
| 2694 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
|---|
| 2695 | t->symtab_section = section_number++;
|
|---|
| 2696 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
|
|---|
| 2697 | if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
|
|---|
| 2698 | {
|
|---|
| 2699 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
|---|
| 2700 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
|---|
| 2701 | t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
|
|---|
| 2702 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
|
|---|
| 2703 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
|
|---|
| 2704 | ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
|
|---|
| 2705 | if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
|---|
| 2706 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2707 | }
|
|---|
| 2708 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
|
|---|
| 2709 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
|---|
| 2710 | t->strtab_section = section_number++;
|
|---|
| 2711 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
|
|---|
| 2712 | }
|
|---|
| 2713 |
|
|---|
| 2714 | _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
|---|
| 2715 | t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
|---|
| 2716 |
|
|---|
| 2717 | elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
|
|---|
| 2718 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
|
|---|
| 2719 | if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
|
|---|
| 2720 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
|---|
| 2721 |
|
|---|
| 2722 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
|
|---|
| 2723 | indices. */
|
|---|
| 2724 | amt = section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *);
|
|---|
| 2725 | i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 2726 | if (i_shdrp == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2727 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2728 |
|
|---|
| 2729 | amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
|
|---|
| 2730 | i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 2731 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2732 | {
|
|---|
| 2733 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
|
|---|
| 2734 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2735 | }
|
|---|
| 2736 |
|
|---|
| 2737 | elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
|
|---|
| 2738 |
|
|---|
| 2739 | i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2740 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
|---|
| 2741 | {
|
|---|
| 2742 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2743 | if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
|
|---|
| 2744 | {
|
|---|
| 2745 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2746 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
|
|---|
| 2747 | }
|
|---|
| 2748 | i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2749 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
|
|---|
| 2750 | }
|
|---|
| 2751 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
|
|---|
| 2752 | {
|
|---|
| 2753 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
|---|
| 2754 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 2755 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 2756 |
|
|---|
| 2757 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2758 | if (d->rel_idx != 0)
|
|---|
| 2759 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
|
|---|
| 2760 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
|
|---|
| 2761 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
|
|---|
| 2762 |
|
|---|
| 2763 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
|
|---|
| 2764 |
|
|---|
| 2765 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
|
|---|
| 2766 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
|
|---|
| 2767 | the relocation entries apply. */
|
|---|
| 2768 | if (d->rel_idx != 0)
|
|---|
| 2769 | {
|
|---|
| 2770 | d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
|
|---|
| 2771 | d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 2772 | }
|
|---|
| 2773 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
|
|---|
| 2774 | {
|
|---|
| 2775 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
|
|---|
| 2776 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 2777 | }
|
|---|
| 2778 |
|
|---|
| 2779 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
|
|---|
| 2780 | {
|
|---|
| 2781 | case SHT_REL:
|
|---|
| 2782 | case SHT_RELA:
|
|---|
| 2783 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
|
|---|
| 2784 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
|
|---|
| 2785 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
|
|---|
| 2786 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
|
|---|
| 2787 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
|
|---|
| 2788 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */
|
|---|
| 2789 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
|
|---|
| 2790 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2791 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 2792 |
|
|---|
| 2793 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
|
|---|
| 2794 | name = sec->name;
|
|---|
| 2795 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
|
|---|
| 2796 | name += 4;
|
|---|
| 2797 | else
|
|---|
| 2798 | name += 5;
|
|---|
| 2799 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 2800 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2801 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 2802 | break;
|
|---|
| 2803 |
|
|---|
| 2804 | case SHT_STRTAB:
|
|---|
| 2805 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
|
|---|
| 2806 | string section. We look for a section with the same name
|
|---|
| 2807 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
|
|---|
| 2808 | field to point to this section. */
|
|---|
| 2809 | if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
|
|---|
| 2810 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
|
|---|
| 2811 | {
|
|---|
| 2812 | size_t len;
|
|---|
| 2813 | char *alc;
|
|---|
| 2814 |
|
|---|
| 2815 | len = strlen (sec->name);
|
|---|
| 2816 | alc = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) (len - 2));
|
|---|
| 2817 | if (alc == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2818 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2819 | memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
|
|---|
| 2820 | alc[len - 3] = '\0';
|
|---|
| 2821 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
|
|---|
| 2822 | free (alc);
|
|---|
| 2823 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2824 | {
|
|---|
| 2825 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 2826 |
|
|---|
| 2827 | /* This is a .stab section. */
|
|---|
| 2828 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
|
|---|
| 2829 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
|
|---|
| 2830 | = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
|
|---|
| 2831 | }
|
|---|
| 2832 | }
|
|---|
| 2833 | break;
|
|---|
| 2834 |
|
|---|
| 2835 | case SHT_DYNAMIC:
|
|---|
| 2836 | case SHT_DYNSYM:
|
|---|
| 2837 | case SHT_GNU_verneed:
|
|---|
| 2838 | case SHT_GNU_verdef:
|
|---|
| 2839 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
|
|---|
| 2840 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
|
|---|
| 2841 | version strings. */
|
|---|
| 2842 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
|
|---|
| 2843 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2844 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 2845 | break;
|
|---|
| 2846 |
|
|---|
| 2847 | case SHT_HASH:
|
|---|
| 2848 | case SHT_GNU_versym:
|
|---|
| 2849 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
|
|---|
| 2850 | this hash table or version table is for. */
|
|---|
| 2851 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
|
|---|
| 2852 | if (s != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2853 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 2854 | break;
|
|---|
| 2855 |
|
|---|
| 2856 | case SHT_GROUP:
|
|---|
| 2857 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
|
|---|
| 2858 | }
|
|---|
| 2859 | }
|
|---|
| 2860 |
|
|---|
| 2861 | for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
|
|---|
| 2862 | if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2863 | i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
|
|---|
| 2864 | else
|
|---|
| 2865 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
|
|---|
| 2866 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
|
|---|
| 2867 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2868 | }
|
|---|
| 2869 |
|
|---|
| 2870 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
|
|---|
| 2871 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
|
|---|
| 2872 |
|
|---|
| 2873 | static INLINE int
|
|---|
| 2874 | sym_is_global (abfd, sym)
|
|---|
| 2875 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2876 | asymbol *sym;
|
|---|
| 2877 | {
|
|---|
| 2878 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
|
|---|
| 2879 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
|
|---|
| 2880 | return ((*get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
|
|---|
| 2881 | (abfd, sym));
|
|---|
| 2882 |
|
|---|
| 2883 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
|
|---|
| 2884 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
|
|---|
| 2885 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
|
|---|
| 2886 | }
|
|---|
| 2887 |
|
|---|
| 2888 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 2889 | elf_map_symbols (abfd)
|
|---|
| 2890 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 2891 | {
|
|---|
| 2892 | unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
|---|
| 2893 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
|
|---|
| 2894 | asymbol **sect_syms;
|
|---|
| 2895 | unsigned int num_locals = 0;
|
|---|
| 2896 | unsigned int num_globals = 0;
|
|---|
| 2897 | unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
|
|---|
| 2898 | unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
|
|---|
| 2899 | int max_index = 0;
|
|---|
| 2900 | unsigned int idx;
|
|---|
| 2901 | asection *asect;
|
|---|
| 2902 | asymbol **new_syms;
|
|---|
| 2903 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
|---|
| 2904 |
|
|---|
| 2905 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
|---|
| 2906 | fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
|
|---|
| 2907 | fflush (stderr);
|
|---|
| 2908 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2909 |
|
|---|
| 2910 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
|---|
| 2911 | {
|
|---|
| 2912 | if (max_index < asect->index)
|
|---|
| 2913 | max_index = asect->index;
|
|---|
| 2914 | }
|
|---|
| 2915 |
|
|---|
| 2916 | max_index++;
|
|---|
| 2917 | amt = max_index * sizeof (asymbol *);
|
|---|
| 2918 | sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 2919 | if (sect_syms == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2920 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2921 | elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
|
|---|
| 2922 | elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
|
|---|
| 2923 |
|
|---|
| 2924 | /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
|
|---|
| 2925 | decided to output. */
|
|---|
| 2926 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
|---|
| 2927 | {
|
|---|
| 2928 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
|
|---|
| 2929 |
|
|---|
| 2930 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
|
|---|
| 2931 | && sym->value == 0)
|
|---|
| 2932 | {
|
|---|
| 2933 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 2934 |
|
|---|
| 2935 | sec = sym->section;
|
|---|
| 2936 |
|
|---|
| 2937 | if (sec->owner != NULL)
|
|---|
| 2938 | {
|
|---|
| 2939 | if (sec->owner != abfd)
|
|---|
| 2940 | {
|
|---|
| 2941 | if (sec->output_offset != 0)
|
|---|
| 2942 | continue;
|
|---|
| 2943 |
|
|---|
| 2944 | sec = sec->output_section;
|
|---|
| 2945 |
|
|---|
| 2946 | /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a
|
|---|
| 2947 | section symbol created for them. (See the comment
|
|---|
| 2948 | near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in
|
|---|
| 2949 | linker.c). If the linker script discards such
|
|---|
| 2950 | sections then we will reach this point. Since we know
|
|---|
| 2951 | that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip
|
|---|
| 2952 | the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array.
|
|---|
| 2953 | To reproduce this particular case try running the
|
|---|
| 2954 | linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF
|
|---|
| 2955 | port that uses the generic linker. */
|
|---|
| 2956 | if (sec->owner == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2957 | continue;
|
|---|
| 2958 |
|
|---|
| 2959 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd);
|
|---|
| 2960 | }
|
|---|
| 2961 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
|
|---|
| 2962 | }
|
|---|
| 2963 | }
|
|---|
| 2964 | }
|
|---|
| 2965 |
|
|---|
| 2966 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */
|
|---|
| 2967 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
|---|
| 2968 | {
|
|---|
| 2969 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
|
|---|
| 2970 | num_locals++;
|
|---|
| 2971 | else
|
|---|
| 2972 | num_globals++;
|
|---|
| 2973 | }
|
|---|
| 2974 |
|
|---|
| 2975 | /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal
|
|---|
| 2976 | sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
|
|---|
| 2977 | eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
|
|---|
| 2978 | at least in that case. */
|
|---|
| 2979 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
|---|
| 2980 | {
|
|---|
| 2981 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2982 | {
|
|---|
| 2983 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
|
|---|
| 2984 | num_locals++;
|
|---|
| 2985 | else
|
|---|
| 2986 | num_globals++;
|
|---|
| 2987 | }
|
|---|
| 2988 | }
|
|---|
| 2989 |
|
|---|
| 2990 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
|
|---|
| 2991 | amt = (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *);
|
|---|
| 2992 | new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 2993 |
|
|---|
| 2994 | if (new_syms == NULL)
|
|---|
| 2995 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2996 |
|
|---|
| 2997 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
|---|
| 2998 | {
|
|---|
| 2999 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
|
|---|
| 3000 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 3001 |
|
|---|
| 3002 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
|
|---|
| 3003 | i = num_locals2++;
|
|---|
| 3004 | else
|
|---|
| 3005 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
|
|---|
| 3006 | new_syms[i] = sym;
|
|---|
| 3007 | sym->udata.i = i + 1;
|
|---|
| 3008 | }
|
|---|
| 3009 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
|---|
| 3010 | {
|
|---|
| 3011 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3012 | {
|
|---|
| 3013 | asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
|
|---|
| 3014 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 3015 |
|
|---|
| 3016 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
|
|---|
| 3017 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
|
|---|
| 3018 | i = num_locals2++;
|
|---|
| 3019 | else
|
|---|
| 3020 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
|
|---|
| 3021 | new_syms[i] = sym;
|
|---|
| 3022 | sym->udata.i = i + 1;
|
|---|
| 3023 | }
|
|---|
| 3024 | }
|
|---|
| 3025 |
|
|---|
| 3026 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
|
|---|
| 3027 |
|
|---|
| 3028 | elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
|
|---|
| 3029 | elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
|
|---|
| 3030 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3031 | }
|
|---|
| 3032 |
|
|---|
| 3033 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
|
|---|
| 3034 | ELF data structure. */
|
|---|
| 3035 |
|
|---|
| 3036 | static INLINE file_ptr align_file_position
|
|---|
| 3037 | PARAMS ((file_ptr, int));
|
|---|
| 3038 | static INLINE file_ptr
|
|---|
| 3039 | align_file_position (off, align)
|
|---|
| 3040 | file_ptr off;
|
|---|
| 3041 | int align;
|
|---|
| 3042 | {
|
|---|
| 3043 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
|
|---|
| 3044 | }
|
|---|
| 3045 |
|
|---|
| 3046 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
|
|---|
| 3047 | required section alignment. */
|
|---|
| 3048 |
|
|---|
| 3049 | INLINE file_ptr
|
|---|
| 3050 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, offset, align)
|
|---|
| 3051 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp;
|
|---|
| 3052 | file_ptr offset;
|
|---|
| 3053 | bfd_boolean align;
|
|---|
| 3054 | {
|
|---|
| 3055 | if (align)
|
|---|
| 3056 | {
|
|---|
| 3057 | unsigned int al;
|
|---|
| 3058 |
|
|---|
| 3059 | al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
|
|---|
| 3060 | if (al > 1)
|
|---|
| 3061 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
|
|---|
| 3062 | }
|
|---|
| 3063 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
|
|---|
| 3064 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
|
|---|
| 3065 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
|
|---|
| 3066 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|---|
| 3067 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
|
|---|
| 3068 | return offset;
|
|---|
| 3069 | }
|
|---|
| 3070 |
|
|---|
| 3071 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
|
|---|
| 3072 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
|
|---|
| 3073 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
|
|---|
| 3074 |
|
|---|
| 3075 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 3076 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, link_info)
|
|---|
| 3077 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 3078 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
|
|---|
| 3079 | {
|
|---|
| 3080 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3081 | bfd_boolean failed;
|
|---|
| 3082 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab;
|
|---|
| 3083 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 3084 |
|
|---|
| 3085 | if (abfd->output_has_begun)
|
|---|
| 3086 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3087 |
|
|---|
| 3088 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
|
|---|
| 3089 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
|
|---|
| 3090 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
|
|---|
| 3091 |
|
|---|
| 3092 | if (! prep_headers (abfd))
|
|---|
| 3093 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3094 |
|
|---|
| 3095 | /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
|
|---|
| 3096 | if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
|
|---|
| 3097 | (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
|
|---|
| 3098 |
|
|---|
| 3099 | failed = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3100 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
|
|---|
| 3101 | if (failed)
|
|---|
| 3102 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3103 |
|
|---|
| 3104 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd))
|
|---|
| 3105 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3106 |
|
|---|
| 3107 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
|
|---|
| 3108 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
|---|
| 3109 | {
|
|---|
| 3110 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
|
|---|
| 3111 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
|
|---|
| 3112 |
|
|---|
| 3113 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
|
|---|
| 3114 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3115 | }
|
|---|
| 3116 |
|
|---|
| 3117 | if (link_info == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3118 | {
|
|---|
| 3119 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
|
|---|
| 3120 | if (failed)
|
|---|
| 3121 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3122 | }
|
|---|
| 3123 |
|
|---|
| 3124 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 3125 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
|
|---|
| 3126 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|---|
| 3127 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|---|
| 3128 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|---|
| 3129 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
|---|
| 3130 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|---|
| 3131 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
|---|
| 3132 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
|---|
| 3133 | /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
|
|---|
| 3134 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
|
|---|
| 3135 |
|
|---|
| 3136 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd))
|
|---|
| 3137 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3138 |
|
|---|
| 3139 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
|---|
| 3140 | {
|
|---|
| 3141 | file_ptr off;
|
|---|
| 3142 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 3143 |
|
|---|
| 3144 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
|---|
| 3145 |
|
|---|
| 3146 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 3147 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
|
|---|
| 3148 |
|
|---|
| 3149 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
|
|---|
| 3150 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
|
|---|
| 3151 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
|
|---|
| 3152 |
|
|---|
| 3153 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 3154 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
|
|---|
| 3155 |
|
|---|
| 3156 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
|---|
| 3157 |
|
|---|
| 3158 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
|
|---|
| 3159 | out. */
|
|---|
| 3160 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 3161 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
|
|---|
| 3162 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3163 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
|
|---|
| 3164 | }
|
|---|
| 3165 |
|
|---|
| 3166 | abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3167 |
|
|---|
| 3168 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3169 | }
|
|---|
| 3170 |
|
|---|
| 3171 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
|
|---|
| 3172 |
|
|---|
| 3173 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map *
|
|---|
| 3174 | make_mapping (abfd, sections, from, to, phdr)
|
|---|
| 3175 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 3176 | asection **sections;
|
|---|
| 3177 | unsigned int from;
|
|---|
| 3178 | unsigned int to;
|
|---|
| 3179 | bfd_boolean phdr;
|
|---|
| 3180 | {
|
|---|
| 3181 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|---|
| 3182 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 3183 | asection **hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 3184 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
|---|
| 3185 |
|
|---|
| 3186 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|---|
| 3187 | amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
|
|---|
| 3188 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 3189 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3190 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 3191 | m->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3192 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
|
|---|
| 3193 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
|
|---|
| 3194 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 3195 | m->count = to - from;
|
|---|
| 3196 |
|
|---|
| 3197 | if (from == 0 && phdr)
|
|---|
| 3198 | {
|
|---|
| 3199 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
|
|---|
| 3200 | m->includes_filehdr = 1;
|
|---|
| 3201 | m->includes_phdrs = 1;
|
|---|
| 3202 | }
|
|---|
| 3203 |
|
|---|
| 3204 | return m;
|
|---|
| 3205 | }
|
|---|
| 3206 |
|
|---|
| 3207 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
|
|---|
| 3208 |
|
|---|
| 3209 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 3210 | map_sections_to_segments (abfd)
|
|---|
| 3211 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 3212 | {
|
|---|
| 3213 | asection **sections = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3214 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 3215 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 3216 | unsigned int count;
|
|---|
| 3217 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
|
|---|
| 3218 | struct elf_segment_map **pm;
|
|---|
| 3219 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|---|
| 3220 | asection *last_hdr;
|
|---|
| 3221 | unsigned int phdr_index;
|
|---|
| 3222 | bfd_vma maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 3223 | asection **hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 3224 | bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3225 | bfd_boolean writable;
|
|---|
| 3226 | int tls_count = 0;
|
|---|
| 3227 | asection *first_tls = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3228 | asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
|
|---|
| 3229 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
|---|
| 3230 |
|
|---|
| 3231 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
|
|---|
| 3232 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3233 |
|
|---|
| 3234 | if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0)
|
|---|
| 3235 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3236 |
|
|---|
| 3237 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
|
|---|
| 3238 |
|
|---|
| 3239 | amt = bfd_count_sections (abfd) * sizeof (asection *);
|
|---|
| 3240 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
|---|
| 3241 | if (sections == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3242 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 3243 |
|
|---|
| 3244 | i = 0;
|
|---|
| 3245 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|---|
| 3246 | {
|
|---|
| 3247 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3248 | {
|
|---|
| 3249 | sections[i] = s;
|
|---|
| 3250 | ++i;
|
|---|
| 3251 | }
|
|---|
| 3252 | }
|
|---|
| 3253 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
|
|---|
| 3254 | count = i;
|
|---|
| 3255 |
|
|---|
| 3256 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
|
|---|
| 3257 |
|
|---|
| 3258 | /* Build the mapping. */
|
|---|
| 3259 |
|
|---|
| 3260 | mfirst = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3261 | pm = &mfirst;
|
|---|
| 3262 |
|
|---|
| 3263 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
|
|---|
| 3264 | the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
|
|---|
| 3265 | section. */
|
|---|
| 3266 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
|
|---|
| 3267 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3268 | {
|
|---|
| 3269 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|---|
| 3270 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 3271 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3272 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 3273 | m->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3274 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
|
|---|
| 3275 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
|
|---|
| 3276 | m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
|
|---|
| 3277 | m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|---|
| 3278 | m->includes_phdrs = 1;
|
|---|
| 3279 |
|
|---|
| 3280 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 3281 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 3282 |
|
|---|
| 3283 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|---|
| 3284 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 3285 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3286 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 3287 | m->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3288 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
|
|---|
| 3289 | m->count = 1;
|
|---|
| 3290 | m->sections[0] = s;
|
|---|
| 3291 |
|
|---|
| 3292 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 3293 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 3294 | }
|
|---|
| 3295 |
|
|---|
| 3296 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
|
|---|
| 3297 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
|
|---|
| 3298 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
|
|---|
| 3299 | last_hdr = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3300 | phdr_index = 0;
|
|---|
| 3301 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 3302 | writable = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3303 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
|---|
| 3304 | if (dynsec != NULL
|
|---|
| 3305 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
|
|---|
| 3306 | dynsec = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3307 |
|
|---|
| 3308 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
|
|---|
| 3309 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
|
|---|
| 3310 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
|
|---|
| 3311 | program headers we will need. */
|
|---|
| 3312 | if (count > 0)
|
|---|
| 3313 | {
|
|---|
| 3314 | bfd_size_type phdr_size;
|
|---|
| 3315 |
|
|---|
| 3316 | phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
|---|
| 3317 | if (phdr_size == 0)
|
|---|
| 3318 | phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 3319 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
|
|---|
| 3320 | || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
|
|---|
| 3321 | || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
|
|---|
| 3322 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3323 | }
|
|---|
| 3324 |
|
|---|
| 3325 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
|
|---|
| 3326 | {
|
|---|
| 3327 | asection *hdr;
|
|---|
| 3328 | bfd_boolean new_segment;
|
|---|
| 3329 |
|
|---|
| 3330 | hdr = *hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 3331 |
|
|---|
| 3332 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
|
|---|
| 3333 | segment. */
|
|---|
| 3334 |
|
|---|
| 3335 | if (last_hdr == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3336 | {
|
|---|
| 3337 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
|
|---|
| 3338 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */
|
|---|
| 3339 | new_segment = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3340 | }
|
|---|
| 3341 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
|
|---|
| 3342 | {
|
|---|
| 3343 | /* If this section has a different relation between the
|
|---|
| 3344 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
|
|---|
| 3345 | segment. */
|
|---|
| 3346 | new_segment = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3347 | }
|
|---|
| 3348 | else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize)
|
|---|
| 3349 | < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
|
|---|
| 3350 | {
|
|---|
| 3351 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
|
|---|
| 3352 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
|
|---|
| 3353 | new_segment = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3354 | }
|
|---|
| 3355 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
|
|---|
| 3356 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3357 | {
|
|---|
| 3358 | /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
|
|---|
| 3359 | nonloadable section in the same segment. */
|
|---|
| 3360 | new_segment = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3361 | }
|
|---|
| 3362 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
|
|---|
| 3363 | {
|
|---|
| 3364 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
|
|---|
| 3365 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
|
|---|
| 3366 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
|
|---|
| 3367 | new_segment = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3368 | }
|
|---|
| 3369 | else if (! writable
|
|---|
| 3370 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
|
|---|
| 3371 | && (((last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size - 1)
|
|---|
| 3372 | & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
|
|---|
| 3373 | != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
|
|---|
| 3374 | {
|
|---|
| 3375 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
|
|---|
| 3376 | segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
|
|---|
| 3377 | anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
|
|---|
| 3378 | bring us past the current section on the page, so the
|
|---|
| 3379 | only case in which the new section is not on the same
|
|---|
| 3380 | page as the previous section is when the previous section
|
|---|
| 3381 | ends precisely on a page boundary. */
|
|---|
| 3382 | new_segment = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3383 | }
|
|---|
| 3384 | else
|
|---|
| 3385 | {
|
|---|
| 3386 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
|
|---|
| 3387 | new_segment = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3388 | }
|
|---|
| 3389 |
|
|---|
| 3390 | if (! new_segment)
|
|---|
| 3391 | {
|
|---|
| 3392 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
|---|
| 3393 | writable = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3394 | last_hdr = hdr;
|
|---|
| 3395 | continue;
|
|---|
| 3396 | }
|
|---|
| 3397 |
|
|---|
| 3398 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
|
|---|
| 3399 | header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
|
|---|
| 3400 |
|
|---|
| 3401 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
|
|---|
| 3402 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3403 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 3404 |
|
|---|
| 3405 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 3406 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 3407 |
|
|---|
| 3408 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
|---|
| 3409 | writable = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3410 | else
|
|---|
| 3411 | writable = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3412 |
|
|---|
| 3413 | last_hdr = hdr;
|
|---|
| 3414 | phdr_index = i;
|
|---|
| 3415 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3416 | }
|
|---|
| 3417 |
|
|---|
| 3418 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
|
|---|
| 3419 | if (last_hdr != NULL)
|
|---|
| 3420 | {
|
|---|
| 3421 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
|
|---|
| 3422 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3423 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 3424 |
|
|---|
| 3425 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 3426 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 3427 | }
|
|---|
| 3428 |
|
|---|
| 3429 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
|
|---|
| 3430 | if (dynsec != NULL)
|
|---|
| 3431 | {
|
|---|
| 3432 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|---|
| 3433 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 3434 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3435 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 3436 | m->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3437 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
|
|---|
| 3438 | m->count = 1;
|
|---|
| 3439 | m->sections[0] = dynsec;
|
|---|
| 3440 |
|
|---|
| 3441 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 3442 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 3443 | }
|
|---|
| 3444 |
|
|---|
| 3445 | /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
|
|---|
| 3446 | use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
|
|---|
| 3447 | nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
|
|---|
| 3448 | generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
|
|---|
| 3449 | names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
|
|---|
| 3450 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|---|
| 3451 | {
|
|---|
| 3452 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
|---|
| 3453 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
|
|---|
| 3454 | {
|
|---|
| 3455 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|---|
| 3456 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 3457 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3458 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 3459 | m->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3460 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
|
|---|
| 3461 | m->count = 1;
|
|---|
| 3462 | m->sections[0] = s;
|
|---|
| 3463 |
|
|---|
| 3464 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 3465 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 3466 | }
|
|---|
| 3467 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
|
|---|
| 3468 | {
|
|---|
| 3469 | if (! tls_count)
|
|---|
| 3470 | first_tls = s;
|
|---|
| 3471 | tls_count++;
|
|---|
| 3472 | }
|
|---|
| 3473 | }
|
|---|
| 3474 |
|
|---|
| 3475 | /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
|
|---|
| 3476 | if (tls_count > 0)
|
|---|
| 3477 | {
|
|---|
| 3478 | int i;
|
|---|
| 3479 |
|
|---|
| 3480 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|---|
| 3481 | amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
|
|---|
| 3482 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 3483 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3484 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 3485 | m->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3486 | m->p_type = PT_TLS;
|
|---|
| 3487 | m->count = tls_count;
|
|---|
| 3488 | /* Mandated PF_R. */
|
|---|
| 3489 | m->p_flags = PF_R;
|
|---|
| 3490 | m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|---|
| 3491 | for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
|
|---|
| 3492 | {
|
|---|
| 3493 | BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
|
|---|
| 3494 | m->sections[i] = first_tls;
|
|---|
| 3495 | first_tls = first_tls->next;
|
|---|
| 3496 | }
|
|---|
| 3497 |
|
|---|
| 3498 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 3499 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 3500 | }
|
|---|
| 3501 |
|
|---|
| 3502 | /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
|
|---|
| 3503 | segment. */
|
|---|
| 3504 | eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
|
|---|
| 3505 | if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
|
|---|
| 3506 | && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3507 | {
|
|---|
| 3508 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|---|
| 3509 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 3510 | if (m == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3511 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 3512 | m->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3513 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
|
|---|
| 3514 | m->count = 1;
|
|---|
| 3515 | m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
|
|---|
| 3516 |
|
|---|
| 3517 | *pm = m;
|
|---|
| 3518 | pm = &m->next;
|
|---|
| 3519 | }
|
|---|
| 3520 |
|
|---|
| 3521 | free (sections);
|
|---|
| 3522 | sections = NULL;
|
|---|
| 3523 |
|
|---|
| 3524 | elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
|
|---|
| 3525 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3526 |
|
|---|
| 3527 | error_return:
|
|---|
| 3528 | if (sections != NULL)
|
|---|
| 3529 | free (sections);
|
|---|
| 3530 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3531 | }
|
|---|
| 3532 |
|
|---|
| 3533 | /* Sort sections by address. */
|
|---|
| 3534 |
|
|---|
| 3535 | static int
|
|---|
| 3536 | elf_sort_sections (arg1, arg2)
|
|---|
| 3537 | const PTR arg1;
|
|---|
| 3538 | const PTR arg2;
|
|---|
| 3539 | {
|
|---|
| 3540 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
|
|---|
| 3541 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
|
|---|
| 3542 | bfd_size_type size1, size2;
|
|---|
| 3543 |
|
|---|
| 3544 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
|
|---|
| 3545 | place the section into a segment. */
|
|---|
| 3546 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
|
|---|
| 3547 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 3548 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
|
|---|
| 3549 | return 1;
|
|---|
| 3550 |
|
|---|
| 3551 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
|
|---|
| 3552 | the same, and this will do nothing. */
|
|---|
| 3553 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
|
|---|
| 3554 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 3555 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
|
|---|
| 3556 | return 1;
|
|---|
| 3557 |
|
|---|
| 3558 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
|
|---|
| 3559 |
|
|---|
| 3560 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
|
|---|
| 3561 |
|
|---|
| 3562 | if (TOEND (sec1))
|
|---|
| 3563 | {
|
|---|
| 3564 | if (TOEND (sec2))
|
|---|
| 3565 | {
|
|---|
| 3566 | /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
|
|---|
| 3567 | here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
|
|---|
| 3568 | if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
|
|---|
| 3569 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
|
|---|
| 3570 | }
|
|---|
| 3571 | else
|
|---|
| 3572 | return 1;
|
|---|
| 3573 | }
|
|---|
| 3574 | else if (TOEND (sec2))
|
|---|
| 3575 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 3576 |
|
|---|
| 3577 | #undef TOEND
|
|---|
| 3578 |
|
|---|
| 3579 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
|
|---|
| 3580 | before others at the same address. */
|
|---|
| 3581 |
|
|---|
| 3582 | size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->_raw_size : 0;
|
|---|
| 3583 | size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->_raw_size : 0;
|
|---|
| 3584 |
|
|---|
| 3585 | if (size1 < size2)
|
|---|
| 3586 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 3587 | if (size1 > size2)
|
|---|
| 3588 | return 1;
|
|---|
| 3589 |
|
|---|
| 3590 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
|
|---|
| 3591 | }
|
|---|
| 3592 |
|
|---|
| 3593 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
|
|---|
| 3594 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
|
|---|
| 3595 | the file header, and writes out the program headers. */
|
|---|
| 3596 |
|
|---|
| 3597 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 3598 | assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd)
|
|---|
| 3599 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 3600 | {
|
|---|
| 3601 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 3602 | unsigned int count;
|
|---|
| 3603 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|---|
| 3604 | unsigned int alloc;
|
|---|
| 3605 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
|
|---|
| 3606 | file_ptr off, voff;
|
|---|
| 3607 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
|
|---|
| 3608 | bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
|
|---|
| 3609 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
|
|---|
| 3610 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
|---|
| 3611 |
|
|---|
| 3612 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3613 | {
|
|---|
| 3614 | if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd))
|
|---|
| 3615 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3616 | }
|
|---|
| 3617 | else
|
|---|
| 3618 | {
|
|---|
| 3619 | /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
|
|---|
| 3620 | not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
|
|---|
| 3621 | sections from the segment map. */
|
|---|
| 3622 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
|
|---|
| 3623 | m != NULL;
|
|---|
| 3624 | m = m->next)
|
|---|
| 3625 | {
|
|---|
| 3626 | unsigned int new_count;
|
|---|
| 3627 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 3628 |
|
|---|
| 3629 | if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 3630 | continue;
|
|---|
| 3631 |
|
|---|
| 3632 | new_count = 0;
|
|---|
| 3633 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i ++)
|
|---|
| 3634 | {
|
|---|
| 3635 | if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3636 | {
|
|---|
| 3637 | if (i != new_count)
|
|---|
| 3638 | m->sections[new_count] = m->sections[i];
|
|---|
| 3639 |
|
|---|
| 3640 | new_count ++;
|
|---|
| 3641 | }
|
|---|
| 3642 | }
|
|---|
| 3643 |
|
|---|
| 3644 | if (new_count != m->count)
|
|---|
| 3645 | m->count = new_count;
|
|---|
| 3646 | }
|
|---|
| 3647 | }
|
|---|
| 3648 |
|
|---|
| 3649 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map)
|
|---|
| 3650 | {
|
|---|
| 3651 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd))
|
|---|
| 3652 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3653 | }
|
|---|
| 3654 |
|
|---|
| 3655 | count = 0;
|
|---|
| 3656 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
|---|
| 3657 | ++count;
|
|---|
| 3658 |
|
|---|
| 3659 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 3660 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 3661 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count;
|
|---|
| 3662 |
|
|---|
| 3663 | if (count == 0)
|
|---|
| 3664 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3665 |
|
|---|
| 3666 | /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
|
|---|
| 3667 | that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
|
|---|
| 3668 | is used in a linker script. */
|
|---|
| 3669 | alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 3670 | if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc)
|
|---|
| 3671 | {
|
|---|
| 3672 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 3673 | (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"),
|
|---|
| 3674 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), alloc, count));
|
|---|
| 3675 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|---|
| 3676 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3677 | }
|
|---|
| 3678 |
|
|---|
| 3679 | if (alloc == 0)
|
|---|
| 3680 | alloc = count;
|
|---|
| 3681 |
|
|---|
| 3682 | amt = alloc * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
|
|---|
| 3683 | phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 3684 | if (phdrs == NULL)
|
|---|
| 3685 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3686 |
|
|---|
| 3687 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 3688 | off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 3689 |
|
|---|
| 3690 | filehdr_vaddr = 0;
|
|---|
| 3691 | filehdr_paddr = 0;
|
|---|
| 3692 | phdrs_vaddr = 0;
|
|---|
| 3693 | phdrs_paddr = 0;
|
|---|
| 3694 |
|
|---|
| 3695 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
|
|---|
| 3696 | m != NULL;
|
|---|
| 3697 | m = m->next, p++)
|
|---|
| 3698 | {
|
|---|
| 3699 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 3700 | asection **secpp;
|
|---|
| 3701 |
|
|---|
| 3702 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
|
|---|
| 3703 | sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
|
|---|
| 3704 | not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
|
|---|
| 3705 | contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
|
|---|
| 3706 | Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
|
|---|
| 3707 | if (m->count > 1
|
|---|
| 3708 | && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
|
|---|
| 3709 | && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
|
|---|
| 3710 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
|
|---|
| 3711 | elf_sort_sections);
|
|---|
| 3712 |
|
|---|
| 3713 | p->p_type = m->p_type;
|
|---|
| 3714 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
|
|---|
| 3715 |
|
|---|
| 3716 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|---|
| 3717 | && m->count > 0
|
|---|
| 3718 | && (m->sections[0]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3719 | {
|
|---|
| 3720 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3721 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % bed->maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 3722 | else
|
|---|
| 3723 | {
|
|---|
| 3724 | bfd_size_type align;
|
|---|
| 3725 |
|
|---|
| 3726 | align = 0;
|
|---|
| 3727 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
|
|---|
| 3728 | {
|
|---|
| 3729 | bfd_size_type secalign;
|
|---|
| 3730 |
|
|---|
| 3731 | secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
|
|---|
| 3732 | if (secalign > align)
|
|---|
| 3733 | align = secalign;
|
|---|
| 3734 | }
|
|---|
| 3735 |
|
|---|
| 3736 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % (1 << align);
|
|---|
| 3737 | }
|
|---|
| 3738 | }
|
|---|
| 3739 |
|
|---|
| 3740 | if (m->count == 0)
|
|---|
| 3741 | p->p_vaddr = 0;
|
|---|
| 3742 | else
|
|---|
| 3743 | p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
|
|---|
| 3744 |
|
|---|
| 3745 | if (m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|---|
| 3746 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
|
|---|
| 3747 | else if (m->count == 0)
|
|---|
| 3748 | p->p_paddr = 0;
|
|---|
| 3749 | else
|
|---|
| 3750 | p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
|
|---|
| 3751 |
|
|---|
| 3752 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|---|
| 3753 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3754 | p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 3755 | else if (m->count == 0)
|
|---|
| 3756 | p->p_align = bed->s->file_align;
|
|---|
| 3757 | else
|
|---|
| 3758 | p->p_align = 0;
|
|---|
| 3759 |
|
|---|
| 3760 | p->p_offset = 0;
|
|---|
| 3761 | p->p_filesz = 0;
|
|---|
| 3762 | p->p_memsz = 0;
|
|---|
| 3763 |
|
|---|
| 3764 | if (m->includes_filehdr)
|
|---|
| 3765 | {
|
|---|
| 3766 | if (! m->p_flags_valid)
|
|---|
| 3767 | p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
|---|
| 3768 | p->p_offset = 0;
|
|---|
| 3769 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 3770 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 3771 | if (m->count > 0)
|
|---|
| 3772 | {
|
|---|
| 3773 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
|
|---|
| 3774 |
|
|---|
| 3775 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
|
|---|
| 3776 | {
|
|---|
| 3777 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 3778 | (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
|
|---|
| 3779 | bfd_get_filename (abfd));
|
|---|
| 3780 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|---|
| 3781 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3782 | }
|
|---|
| 3783 |
|
|---|
| 3784 | p->p_vaddr -= off;
|
|---|
| 3785 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|---|
| 3786 | p->p_paddr -= off;
|
|---|
| 3787 | }
|
|---|
| 3788 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 3789 | {
|
|---|
| 3790 | filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
|
|---|
| 3791 | filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
|
|---|
| 3792 | }
|
|---|
| 3793 | }
|
|---|
| 3794 |
|
|---|
| 3795 | if (m->includes_phdrs)
|
|---|
| 3796 | {
|
|---|
| 3797 | if (! m->p_flags_valid)
|
|---|
| 3798 | p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
|---|
| 3799 |
|
|---|
| 3800 | if (m->includes_filehdr)
|
|---|
| 3801 | {
|
|---|
| 3802 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 3803 | {
|
|---|
| 3804 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 3805 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 3806 | }
|
|---|
| 3807 | }
|
|---|
| 3808 | else
|
|---|
| 3809 | {
|
|---|
| 3810 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 3811 |
|
|---|
| 3812 | if (m->count > 0)
|
|---|
| 3813 | {
|
|---|
| 3814 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
|
|---|
| 3815 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
|
|---|
| 3816 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|---|
| 3817 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
|
|---|
| 3818 | }
|
|---|
| 3819 |
|
|---|
| 3820 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 3821 | {
|
|---|
| 3822 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
|
|---|
| 3823 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
|
|---|
| 3824 | }
|
|---|
| 3825 | else
|
|---|
| 3826 | phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 3827 | }
|
|---|
| 3828 |
|
|---|
| 3829 | p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 3830 | p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 3831 | }
|
|---|
| 3832 |
|
|---|
| 3833 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|---|
| 3834 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
|
|---|
| 3835 | {
|
|---|
| 3836 | if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
|
|---|
| 3837 | p->p_offset = off;
|
|---|
| 3838 | else
|
|---|
| 3839 | {
|
|---|
| 3840 | file_ptr adjust;
|
|---|
| 3841 |
|
|---|
| 3842 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
|
|---|
| 3843 | p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
|---|
| 3844 | p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
|---|
| 3845 | }
|
|---|
| 3846 | }
|
|---|
| 3847 |
|
|---|
| 3848 | voff = off;
|
|---|
| 3849 |
|
|---|
| 3850 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
|
|---|
| 3851 | {
|
|---|
| 3852 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 3853 | flagword flags;
|
|---|
| 3854 | bfd_size_type align;
|
|---|
| 3855 |
|
|---|
| 3856 | sec = *secpp;
|
|---|
| 3857 | flags = sec->flags;
|
|---|
| 3858 | align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
|
|---|
| 3859 |
|
|---|
| 3860 | /* The section may have artificial alignment forced by a
|
|---|
| 3861 | link script. Notice this case by the gap between the
|
|---|
| 3862 | cumulative phdr lma and the section's lma. */
|
|---|
| 3863 | if (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz < sec->lma)
|
|---|
| 3864 | {
|
|---|
| 3865 | bfd_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
|
|---|
| 3866 |
|
|---|
| 3867 | p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
|---|
| 3868 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|---|
| 3869 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE
|
|---|
| 3870 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
|
|---|
| 3871 | {
|
|---|
| 3872 | off += adjust;
|
|---|
| 3873 | voff += adjust;
|
|---|
| 3874 | }
|
|---|
| 3875 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
|---|
| 3876 | || (flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3877 | p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
|---|
| 3878 | }
|
|---|
| 3879 |
|
|---|
| 3880 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 3881 | {
|
|---|
| 3882 | bfd_signed_vma adjust;
|
|---|
| 3883 |
|
|---|
| 3884 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3885 | {
|
|---|
| 3886 | adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
|
|---|
| 3887 | if (adjust < 0)
|
|---|
| 3888 | adjust = 0;
|
|---|
| 3889 | }
|
|---|
| 3890 | else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3891 | {
|
|---|
| 3892 | /* The section VMA must equal the file position
|
|---|
| 3893 | modulo the page size. FIXME: I'm not sure if
|
|---|
| 3894 | this adjustment is really necessary. We used to
|
|---|
| 3895 | not have the SEC_LOAD case just above, and then
|
|---|
| 3896 | this was necessary, but now I'm not sure. */
|
|---|
| 3897 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3898 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % bed->maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 3899 | else
|
|---|
| 3900 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % align;
|
|---|
| 3901 | }
|
|---|
| 3902 | else
|
|---|
| 3903 | adjust = 0;
|
|---|
| 3904 |
|
|---|
| 3905 | if (adjust != 0)
|
|---|
| 3906 | {
|
|---|
| 3907 | if (i == 0)
|
|---|
| 3908 | {
|
|---|
| 3909 | (* _bfd_error_handler) (_("\
|
|---|
| 3910 | Error: First section in segment (%s) starts at 0x%x whereas the segment starts at 0x%x"),
|
|---|
| 3911 | bfd_section_name (abfd, sec),
|
|---|
| 3912 | sec->lma,
|
|---|
| 3913 | p->p_paddr);
|
|---|
| 3914 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3915 | }
|
|---|
| 3916 | p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
|---|
| 3917 | off += adjust;
|
|---|
| 3918 | voff += adjust;
|
|---|
| 3919 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3920 | p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
|---|
| 3921 | }
|
|---|
| 3922 |
|
|---|
| 3923 | sec->filepos = off;
|
|---|
| 3924 |
|
|---|
| 3925 | /* We check SEC_HAS_CONTENTS here because if NOLOAD is
|
|---|
| 3926 | used in a linker script we may have a section with
|
|---|
| 3927 | SEC_LOAD clear but which is supposed to have
|
|---|
| 3928 | contents. */
|
|---|
| 3929 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
|---|
| 3930 | || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3931 | off += sec->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 3932 |
|
|---|
| 3933 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
|---|
| 3934 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
|---|
| 3935 | || (flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0))
|
|---|
| 3936 | voff += sec->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 3937 | }
|
|---|
| 3938 |
|
|---|
| 3939 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
|
|---|
| 3940 | {
|
|---|
| 3941 | /* The actual "note" segment has i == 0.
|
|---|
| 3942 | This is the one that actually contains everything. */
|
|---|
| 3943 | if (i == 0)
|
|---|
| 3944 | {
|
|---|
| 3945 | sec->filepos = off;
|
|---|
| 3946 | p->p_filesz = sec->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 3947 | off += sec->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 3948 | voff = off;
|
|---|
| 3949 | }
|
|---|
| 3950 | else
|
|---|
| 3951 | {
|
|---|
| 3952 | /* Fake sections -- don't need to be written. */
|
|---|
| 3953 | sec->filepos = 0;
|
|---|
| 3954 | sec->_raw_size = 0;
|
|---|
| 3955 | flags = sec->flags = 0;
|
|---|
| 3956 | }
|
|---|
| 3957 | p->p_memsz = 0;
|
|---|
| 3958 | p->p_align = 1;
|
|---|
| 3959 | }
|
|---|
| 3960 | else
|
|---|
| 3961 | {
|
|---|
| 3962 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
|---|
| 3963 | || (sec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
|
|---|
| 3964 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
|
|---|
| 3965 | p->p_memsz += sec->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 3966 |
|
|---|
| 3967 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3968 | p->p_filesz += sec->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 3969 |
|
|---|
| 3970 | if (p->p_type == PT_TLS
|
|---|
| 3971 | && sec->_raw_size == 0
|
|---|
| 3972 | && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
|---|
| 3973 | {
|
|---|
| 3974 | struct bfd_link_order *o;
|
|---|
| 3975 | bfd_vma tbss_size = 0;
|
|---|
| 3976 |
|
|---|
| 3977 | for (o = sec->link_order_head; o != NULL; o = o->next)
|
|---|
| 3978 | if (tbss_size < o->offset + o->size)
|
|---|
| 3979 | tbss_size = o->offset + o->size;
|
|---|
| 3980 |
|
|---|
| 3981 | p->p_memsz += tbss_size;
|
|---|
| 3982 | }
|
|---|
| 3983 |
|
|---|
| 3984 | if (align > p->p_align
|
|---|
| 3985 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
|
|---|
| 3986 | p->p_align = align;
|
|---|
| 3987 | }
|
|---|
| 3988 |
|
|---|
| 3989 | if (! m->p_flags_valid)
|
|---|
| 3990 | {
|
|---|
| 3991 | p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
|---|
| 3992 | if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
|---|
| 3993 | p->p_flags |= PF_X;
|
|---|
| 3994 | if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
|---|
| 3995 | p->p_flags |= PF_W;
|
|---|
| 3996 | }
|
|---|
| 3997 | }
|
|---|
| 3998 | }
|
|---|
| 3999 |
|
|---|
| 4000 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
|
|---|
| 4001 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
|
|---|
| 4002 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
|
|---|
| 4003 | m != NULL;
|
|---|
| 4004 | m = m->next, p++)
|
|---|
| 4005 | {
|
|---|
| 4006 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0)
|
|---|
| 4007 | {
|
|---|
| 4008 | BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs);
|
|---|
| 4009 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
|
|---|
| 4010 | }
|
|---|
| 4011 | if (m->count == 0)
|
|---|
| 4012 | {
|
|---|
| 4013 | if (m->includes_filehdr)
|
|---|
| 4014 | {
|
|---|
| 4015 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
|
|---|
| 4016 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|---|
| 4017 | p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
|
|---|
| 4018 | }
|
|---|
| 4019 | else if (m->includes_phdrs)
|
|---|
| 4020 | {
|
|---|
| 4021 | p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
|
|---|
| 4022 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|---|
| 4023 | p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
|
|---|
| 4024 | }
|
|---|
| 4025 | }
|
|---|
| 4026 | }
|
|---|
| 4027 |
|
|---|
| 4028 | /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */
|
|---|
| 4029 | for (; count < alloc; count++, p++)
|
|---|
| 4030 | {
|
|---|
| 4031 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
|
|---|
| 4032 | p->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
|---|
| 4033 | }
|
|---|
| 4034 |
|
|---|
| 4035 | elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
|
|---|
| 4036 |
|
|---|
| 4037 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
|---|
| 4038 |
|
|---|
| 4039 | /* Write out the program headers. */
|
|---|
| 4040 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 4041 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0)
|
|---|
| 4042 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4043 |
|
|---|
| 4044 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 4045 | }
|
|---|
| 4046 |
|
|---|
| 4047 | /* Get the size of the program header.
|
|---|
| 4048 |
|
|---|
| 4049 | If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
|
|---|
| 4050 | can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only
|
|---|
| 4051 | happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case,
|
|---|
| 4052 | SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
|
|---|
| 4053 | data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
|
|---|
| 4054 |
|
|---|
| 4055 | ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
|
|---|
| 4056 | will be two segments. */
|
|---|
| 4057 |
|
|---|
| 4058 | static bfd_size_type
|
|---|
| 4059 | get_program_header_size (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4060 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4061 | {
|
|---|
| 4062 | size_t segs;
|
|---|
| 4063 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 4064 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4065 |
|
|---|
| 4066 | /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */
|
|---|
| 4067 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0)
|
|---|
| 4068 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
|---|
| 4069 |
|
|---|
| 4070 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
|
|---|
| 4071 | {
|
|---|
| 4072 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|---|
| 4073 |
|
|---|
| 4074 | segs = 0;
|
|---|
| 4075 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
|---|
| 4076 | ++segs;
|
|---|
| 4077 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 4078 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
|---|
| 4079 | }
|
|---|
| 4080 |
|
|---|
| 4081 | /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
|
|---|
| 4082 | and one for data. */
|
|---|
| 4083 | segs = 2;
|
|---|
| 4084 |
|
|---|
| 4085 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
|
|---|
| 4086 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|---|
| 4087 | {
|
|---|
| 4088 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
|
|---|
| 4089 | PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
|
|---|
| 4090 | PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
|
|---|
| 4091 | targets. */
|
|---|
| 4092 | segs += 2;
|
|---|
| 4093 | }
|
|---|
| 4094 |
|
|---|
| 4095 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
|
|---|
| 4096 | {
|
|---|
| 4097 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
|
|---|
| 4098 | ++segs;
|
|---|
| 4099 | }
|
|---|
| 4100 |
|
|---|
| 4101 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
|
|---|
| 4102 | {
|
|---|
| 4103 | /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
|
|---|
| 4104 | ++segs;
|
|---|
| 4105 | }
|
|---|
| 4106 |
|
|---|
| 4107 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|---|
| 4108 | {
|
|---|
| 4109 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
|---|
| 4110 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
|
|---|
| 4111 | {
|
|---|
| 4112 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
|
|---|
| 4113 | ++segs;
|
|---|
| 4114 | }
|
|---|
| 4115 | }
|
|---|
| 4116 |
|
|---|
| 4117 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|---|
| 4118 | {
|
|---|
| 4119 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
|
|---|
| 4120 | {
|
|---|
| 4121 | /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
|
|---|
| 4122 | ++segs;
|
|---|
| 4123 | break;
|
|---|
| 4124 | }
|
|---|
| 4125 | }
|
|---|
| 4126 |
|
|---|
| 4127 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
|
|---|
| 4128 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
|
|---|
| 4129 | {
|
|---|
| 4130 | int a;
|
|---|
| 4131 |
|
|---|
| 4132 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4133 | if (a == -1)
|
|---|
| 4134 | abort ();
|
|---|
| 4135 | segs += a;
|
|---|
| 4136 | }
|
|---|
| 4137 |
|
|---|
| 4138 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|---|
| 4139 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
|---|
| 4140 | }
|
|---|
| 4141 |
|
|---|
| 4142 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
|
|---|
| 4143 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
|
|---|
| 4144 | VMAs must be known before this is called.
|
|---|
| 4145 |
|
|---|
| 4146 | We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form
|
|---|
| 4147 | part of the loadable image. Reloc sections are assigned file
|
|---|
| 4148 | positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by
|
|---|
| 4149 | write_object_contents and final_link.
|
|---|
| 4150 |
|
|---|
| 4151 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
|
|---|
| 4152 |
|
|---|
| 4153 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 4154 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4155 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4156 | {
|
|---|
| 4157 | struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4158 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4159 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4160 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4161 | file_ptr off;
|
|---|
| 4162 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4163 |
|
|---|
| 4164 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
|
|---|
| 4165 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
|
|---|
| 4166 | {
|
|---|
| 4167 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 4168 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 4169 |
|
|---|
| 4170 | /* Start after the ELF header. */
|
|---|
| 4171 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
|
|---|
| 4172 |
|
|---|
| 4173 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
|
|---|
| 4174 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
|
|---|
| 4175 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */
|
|---|
| 4176 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
|
|---|
| 4177 | {
|
|---|
| 4178 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 4179 |
|
|---|
| 4180 | hdr = *hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 4181 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
|
|---|
| 4182 | || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
|
|---|
| 4183 | || i == tdata->symtab_section
|
|---|
| 4184 | || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
|
|---|
| 4185 | || i == tdata->strtab_section)
|
|---|
| 4186 | {
|
|---|
| 4187 | hdr->sh_offset = -1;
|
|---|
| 4188 | }
|
|---|
| 4189 | else
|
|---|
| 4190 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
|
|---|
| 4191 |
|
|---|
| 4192 | if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
|
|---|
| 4193 | {
|
|---|
| 4194 | i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
|---|
| 4195 | hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
|---|
| 4196 | }
|
|---|
| 4197 | }
|
|---|
| 4198 | }
|
|---|
| 4199 | else
|
|---|
| 4200 | {
|
|---|
| 4201 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 4202 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 4203 |
|
|---|
| 4204 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
|
|---|
| 4205 | assignment of sections to segments. */
|
|---|
| 4206 | if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd))
|
|---|
| 4207 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4208 |
|
|---|
| 4209 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
|
|---|
| 4210 |
|
|---|
| 4211 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
|---|
| 4212 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
|
|---|
| 4213 | {
|
|---|
| 4214 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 4215 |
|
|---|
| 4216 | hdr = *hdrpp;
|
|---|
| 4217 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
|
|---|
| 4218 | && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0)
|
|---|
| 4219 | hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
|
|---|
| 4220 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 4221 | {
|
|---|
| 4222 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 4223 | (_("%s: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
|
|---|
| 4224 | bfd_get_filename (abfd),
|
|---|
| 4225 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
|
|---|
| 4226 | ? "*unknown*"
|
|---|
| 4227 | : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
|
|---|
| 4228 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
|---|
| 4229 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % bed->maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 4230 | else
|
|---|
| 4231 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % hdr->sh_addralign;
|
|---|
| 4232 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
|
|---|
| 4233 | FALSE);
|
|---|
| 4234 | }
|
|---|
| 4235 | else if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
|
|---|
| 4236 | || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
|
|---|
| 4237 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
|
|---|
| 4238 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
|
|---|
| 4239 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
|
|---|
| 4240 | hdr->sh_offset = -1;
|
|---|
| 4241 | else
|
|---|
| 4242 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
|
|---|
| 4243 |
|
|---|
| 4244 | if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
|
|---|
| 4245 | {
|
|---|
| 4246 | i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
|---|
| 4247 | hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
|---|
| 4248 | }
|
|---|
| 4249 | }
|
|---|
| 4250 | }
|
|---|
| 4251 |
|
|---|
| 4252 | /* Place the section headers. */
|
|---|
| 4253 | off = align_file_position (off, bed->s->file_align);
|
|---|
| 4254 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
|
|---|
| 4255 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
|
|---|
| 4256 |
|
|---|
| 4257 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
|---|
| 4258 |
|
|---|
| 4259 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 4260 | }
|
|---|
| 4261 |
|
|---|
| 4262 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 4263 | prep_headers (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4264 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4265 | {
|
|---|
| 4266 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
|
|---|
| 4267 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
|
|---|
| 4268 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
|
|---|
| 4269 | struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
|
|---|
| 4270 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4271 |
|
|---|
| 4272 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4273 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4274 |
|
|---|
| 4275 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
|
|---|
| 4276 | if (shstrtab == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4277 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4278 |
|
|---|
| 4279 | elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
|
|---|
| 4280 |
|
|---|
| 4281 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
|
|---|
| 4282 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
|
|---|
| 4283 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
|
|---|
| 4284 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
|
|---|
| 4285 |
|
|---|
| 4286 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
|
|---|
| 4287 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
|
|---|
| 4288 | bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
|
|---|
| 4289 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
|
|---|
| 4290 |
|
|---|
| 4291 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 4292 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
|
|---|
| 4293 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
|
|---|
| 4294 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
|
|---|
| 4295 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
|
|---|
| 4296 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
|
|---|
| 4297 | else
|
|---|
| 4298 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
|
|---|
| 4299 |
|
|---|
| 4300 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
|
|---|
| 4301 | {
|
|---|
| 4302 | case bfd_arch_unknown:
|
|---|
| 4303 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
|
|---|
| 4304 | break;
|
|---|
| 4305 |
|
|---|
| 4306 | /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
|
|---|
| 4307 | e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
|
|---|
| 4308 | in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
|
|---|
| 4309 | the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
|
|---|
| 4310 | can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
|
|---|
| 4311 | unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
|
|---|
| 4312 | Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
|
|---|
| 4313 | e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
|
|---|
| 4314 | default:
|
|---|
| 4315 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd) != NULL)
|
|---|
| 4316 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_machine_code;
|
|---|
| 4317 | else
|
|---|
| 4318 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
|
|---|
| 4319 | }
|
|---|
| 4320 |
|
|---|
| 4321 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
|
|---|
| 4322 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 4323 |
|
|---|
| 4324 | /* No program header, for now. */
|
|---|
| 4325 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
|
|---|
| 4326 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
|
|---|
| 4327 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
|
|---|
| 4328 |
|
|---|
| 4329 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
|
|---|
| 4330 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4331 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
|
|---|
| 4332 |
|
|---|
| 4333 | /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
|
|---|
| 4334 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
|
|---|
| 4335 | {
|
|---|
| 4336 | /* It all happens later. */
|
|---|
| 4337 | #if 0
|
|---|
| 4338 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr);
|
|---|
| 4339 |
|
|---|
| 4340 | /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of
|
|---|
| 4341 | Elf_Internal_Phdrs. */
|
|---|
| 4342 | i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
|
|---|
| 4343 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase;
|
|---|
| 4344 | outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum;
|
|---|
| 4345 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4346 | }
|
|---|
| 4347 | else
|
|---|
| 4348 | {
|
|---|
| 4349 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
|
|---|
| 4350 | i_phdrp = 0;
|
|---|
| 4351 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
|
|---|
| 4352 | }
|
|---|
| 4353 |
|
|---|
| 4354 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
|---|
| 4355 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
|
|---|
| 4356 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
|---|
| 4357 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
|
|---|
| 4358 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
|---|
| 4359 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
|
|---|
| 4360 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
|
|---|
| 4361 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
|
|---|
| 4362 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
|---|
| 4363 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4364 |
|
|---|
| 4365 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 4366 | }
|
|---|
| 4367 |
|
|---|
| 4368 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
|
|---|
| 4369 | of the loadable file image. */
|
|---|
| 4370 |
|
|---|
| 4371 | void
|
|---|
| 4372 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4373 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4374 | {
|
|---|
| 4375 | file_ptr off;
|
|---|
| 4376 | unsigned int i, num_sec;
|
|---|
| 4377 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
|
|---|
| 4378 |
|
|---|
| 4379 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
|---|
| 4380 |
|
|---|
| 4381 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4382 | for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
|
|---|
| 4383 | {
|
|---|
| 4384 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
|
|---|
| 4385 |
|
|---|
| 4386 | shdrp = *shdrpp;
|
|---|
| 4387 | if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
|
|---|
| 4388 | && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
|
|---|
| 4389 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
|
|---|
| 4390 | }
|
|---|
| 4391 |
|
|---|
| 4392 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
|---|
| 4393 | }
|
|---|
| 4394 |
|
|---|
| 4395 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 4396 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4397 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4398 | {
|
|---|
| 4399 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4400 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
|
|---|
| 4401 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
|---|
| 4402 | bfd_boolean failed;
|
|---|
| 4403 | unsigned int count, num_sec;
|
|---|
| 4404 |
|
|---|
| 4405 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun
|
|---|
| 4406 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions
|
|---|
| 4407 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL))
|
|---|
| 4408 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4409 |
|
|---|
| 4410 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4411 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4412 |
|
|---|
| 4413 | failed = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4414 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
|
|---|
| 4415 | if (failed)
|
|---|
| 4416 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4417 |
|
|---|
| 4418 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4419 |
|
|---|
| 4420 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
|
|---|
| 4421 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4422 | for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
|
|---|
| 4423 | {
|
|---|
| 4424 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
|
|---|
| 4425 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
|
|---|
| 4426 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
|
|---|
| 4427 | {
|
|---|
| 4428 | bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
|
|---|
| 4429 |
|
|---|
| 4430 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 4431 | || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
|
|---|
| 4432 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4433 | }
|
|---|
| 4434 | if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
|
|---|
| 4435 | count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
|
|---|
| 4436 | }
|
|---|
| 4437 |
|
|---|
| 4438 | /* Write out the section header names. */
|
|---|
| 4439 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 4440 | || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))
|
|---|
| 4441 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4442 |
|
|---|
| 4443 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
|
|---|
| 4444 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
|
|---|
| 4445 | elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
|
|---|
| 4446 |
|
|---|
| 4447 | return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4448 | }
|
|---|
| 4449 |
|
|---|
| 4450 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 4451 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4452 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4453 | {
|
|---|
| 4454 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
|
|---|
| 4455 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4456 | }
|
|---|
| 4457 |
|
|---|
| 4458 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
|
|---|
| 4459 |
|
|---|
| 4460 | int
|
|---|
| 4461 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect)
|
|---|
| 4462 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4463 | struct sec *asect;
|
|---|
| 4464 | {
|
|---|
| 4465 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|---|
| 4466 | int index;
|
|---|
| 4467 |
|
|---|
| 4468 | if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
|
|---|
| 4469 | && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
|
|---|
| 4470 | return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
|
|---|
| 4471 |
|
|---|
| 4472 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
|
|---|
| 4473 | index = SHN_ABS;
|
|---|
| 4474 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
|
|---|
| 4475 | index = SHN_COMMON;
|
|---|
| 4476 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
|
|---|
| 4477 | index = SHN_UNDEF;
|
|---|
| 4478 | else
|
|---|
| 4479 | {
|
|---|
| 4480 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4481 | int maxindex = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4482 |
|
|---|
| 4483 | for (index = 1; index < maxindex; index++)
|
|---|
| 4484 | {
|
|---|
| 4485 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = i_shdrp[index];
|
|---|
| 4486 |
|
|---|
| 4487 | if (hdr != NULL && hdr->bfd_section == asect)
|
|---|
| 4488 | return index;
|
|---|
| 4489 | }
|
|---|
| 4490 | index = -1;
|
|---|
| 4491 | }
|
|---|
| 4492 |
|
|---|
| 4493 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 4494 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
|
|---|
| 4495 | {
|
|---|
| 4496 | int retval = index;
|
|---|
| 4497 |
|
|---|
| 4498 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
|
|---|
| 4499 | return retval;
|
|---|
| 4500 | }
|
|---|
| 4501 |
|
|---|
| 4502 | if (index == -1)
|
|---|
| 4503 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
|
|---|
| 4504 |
|
|---|
| 4505 | return index;
|
|---|
| 4506 | }
|
|---|
| 4507 |
|
|---|
| 4508 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
|
|---|
| 4509 | on error. */
|
|---|
| 4510 |
|
|---|
| 4511 | int
|
|---|
| 4512 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr)
|
|---|
| 4513 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 4514 | asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr;
|
|---|
| 4515 | {
|
|---|
| 4516 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
|
|---|
| 4517 | int idx;
|
|---|
| 4518 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
|
|---|
| 4519 |
|
|---|
| 4520 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
|
|---|
| 4521 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
|
|---|
| 4522 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
|
|---|
| 4523 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
|
|---|
| 4524 | input sections rather than the output section. */
|
|---|
| 4525 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
|
|---|
| 4526 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
|---|
| 4527 | && asym_ptr->section)
|
|---|
| 4528 | {
|
|---|
| 4529 | int indx;
|
|---|
| 4530 |
|
|---|
| 4531 | if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL)
|
|---|
| 4532 | indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index;
|
|---|
| 4533 | else
|
|---|
| 4534 | indx = asym_ptr->section->index;
|
|---|
| 4535 | if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
|
|---|
| 4536 | && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
|
|---|
| 4537 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
|
|---|
| 4538 | }
|
|---|
| 4539 |
|
|---|
| 4540 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
|
|---|
| 4541 |
|
|---|
| 4542 | if (idx == 0)
|
|---|
| 4543 | {
|
|---|
| 4544 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
|
|---|
| 4545 | which is used in a relocation entry. */
|
|---|
| 4546 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 4547 | (_("%s: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
|
|---|
| 4548 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
|
|---|
| 4549 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
|
|---|
| 4550 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 4551 | }
|
|---|
| 4552 |
|
|---|
| 4553 | #if DEBUG & 4
|
|---|
| 4554 | {
|
|---|
| 4555 | fprintf (stderr,
|
|---|
| 4556 | "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
|
|---|
| 4557 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
|
|---|
| 4558 | elf_symbol_flags (flags));
|
|---|
| 4559 | fflush (stderr);
|
|---|
| 4560 | }
|
|---|
| 4561 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4562 |
|
|---|
| 4563 | return idx;
|
|---|
| 4564 | }
|
|---|
| 4565 |
|
|---|
| 4566 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */
|
|---|
| 4567 |
|
|---|
| 4568 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 4569 | copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
|
|---|
| 4570 | bfd *ibfd;
|
|---|
| 4571 | bfd *obfd;
|
|---|
| 4572 | {
|
|---|
| 4573 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
|
|---|
| 4574 | struct elf_segment_map *map;
|
|---|
| 4575 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
|
|---|
| 4576 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
|
|---|
| 4577 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
|
|---|
| 4578 | asection *section;
|
|---|
| 4579 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 4580 | unsigned int num_segments;
|
|---|
| 4581 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4582 | bfd_vma maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 4583 | struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4584 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
|
|---|
| 4585 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|---|
| 4586 |
|
|---|
| 4587 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 4588 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|---|
| 4589 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 4590 |
|
|---|
| 4591 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4592 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 4593 |
|
|---|
| 4594 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
|
|---|
| 4595 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
|
|---|
| 4596 |
|
|---|
| 4597 | map_first = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4598 | pointer_to_map = &map_first;
|
|---|
| 4599 |
|
|---|
| 4600 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
|
|---|
| 4601 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
|
|---|
| 4602 |
|
|---|
| 4603 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
|
|---|
| 4604 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
|
|---|
| 4605 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
|
|---|
| 4606 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
|
|---|
| 4607 |
|
|---|
| 4608 | #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
|
|---|
| 4609 | (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
|
|---|
| 4610 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
|
|---|
| 4611 | ? section->_raw_size : 0)
|
|---|
| 4612 |
|
|---|
| 4613 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
|
|---|
| 4614 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
|
|---|
| 4615 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
|
|---|
| 4616 | (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
|
|---|
| 4617 | && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
|
|---|
| 4618 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
|
|---|
| 4619 |
|
|---|
| 4620 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
|
|---|
| 4621 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
|
|---|
| 4622 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
|
|---|
| 4623 | (section->lma >= base \
|
|---|
| 4624 | && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
|
|---|
| 4625 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
|
|---|
| 4626 |
|
|---|
| 4627 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
|
|---|
| 4628 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
|
|---|
| 4629 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
|
|---|
| 4630 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
|
|---|
| 4631 | && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
|
|---|
| 4632 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
|
|---|
| 4633 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \
|
|---|
| 4634 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
|
|---|
| 4635 |
|
|---|
| 4636 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
|
|---|
| 4637 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
|
|---|
| 4638 | p_memsz set to 0. */
|
|---|
| 4639 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
|
|---|
| 4640 | (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
|
|---|
| 4641 | && p->p_paddr == 0 \
|
|---|
| 4642 | && p->p_memsz == 0 \
|
|---|
| 4643 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \
|
|---|
| 4644 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
|
|---|
| 4645 | && s->_raw_size > 0 \
|
|---|
| 4646 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
|
|---|
| 4647 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \
|
|---|
| 4648 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
|
|---|
| 4649 |
|
|---|
| 4650 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
|
|---|
| 4651 | A section will be included if:
|
|---|
| 4652 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
|
|---|
| 4653 | if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
|
|---|
| 4654 | 2. It is an allocated segment,
|
|---|
| 4655 | 3. There is an output section associated with it,
|
|---|
| 4656 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
|
|---|
| 4657 | 5. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
|
|---|
| 4658 | 6. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. */
|
|---|
| 4659 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
|
|---|
| 4660 | ((((segment->p_paddr \
|
|---|
| 4661 | ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
|
|---|
| 4662 | : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
|
|---|
| 4663 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
|
|---|
| 4664 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
|
|---|
| 4665 | && section->output_section != NULL \
|
|---|
| 4666 | && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
|
|---|
| 4667 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
|
|---|
| 4668 | && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
|
|---|
| 4669 | || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
|
|---|
| 4670 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
|
|---|
| 4671 | && ! section->segment_mark)
|
|---|
| 4672 |
|
|---|
| 4673 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
|
|---|
| 4674 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
|
|---|
| 4675 | (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
|
|---|
| 4676 |
|
|---|
| 4677 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
|
|---|
| 4678 | their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
|
|---|
| 4679 | It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
|
|---|
| 4680 | ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
|
|---|
| 4681 | to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
|
|---|
| 4682 | LMA. */
|
|---|
| 4683 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
|
|---|
| 4684 | ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
|
|---|
| 4685 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
|
|---|
| 4686 | && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
|
|---|
| 4687 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
|
|---|
| 4688 |
|
|---|
| 4689 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
|
|---|
| 4690 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
|
|---|
| 4691 | section->segment_mark = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4692 |
|
|---|
| 4693 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
|
|---|
| 4694 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
|
|---|
| 4695 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
|
|---|
| 4696 | parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
|
|---|
| 4697 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|---|
| 4698 | i < num_segments;
|
|---|
| 4699 | i++, segment++)
|
|---|
| 4700 | {
|
|---|
| 4701 | unsigned int j;
|
|---|
| 4702 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
|
|---|
| 4703 |
|
|---|
| 4704 | if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
|
|---|
| 4705 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
|
|---|
| 4706 | if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
|
|---|
| 4707 | {
|
|---|
| 4708 | /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
|
|---|
| 4709 | assigment code will work. */
|
|---|
| 4710 | segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
|
|---|
| 4711 | break;
|
|---|
| 4712 | }
|
|---|
| 4713 |
|
|---|
| 4714 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 4715 | continue;
|
|---|
| 4716 |
|
|---|
| 4717 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
|
|---|
| 4718 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
|
|---|
| 4719 | {
|
|---|
| 4720 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
|
|---|
| 4721 |
|
|---|
| 4722 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
|
|---|
| 4723 | || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
|
|---|
| 4724 | continue;
|
|---|
| 4725 |
|
|---|
| 4726 | /* Merge the two segments together. */
|
|---|
| 4727 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
|
|---|
| 4728 | {
|
|---|
| 4729 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
|
|---|
| 4730 | SEGMENT. */
|
|---|
| 4731 | extra_length =
|
|---|
| 4732 | SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
|
|---|
| 4733 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
|
|---|
| 4734 |
|
|---|
| 4735 | if (extra_length > 0)
|
|---|
| 4736 | {
|
|---|
| 4737 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
|
|---|
| 4738 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
|
|---|
| 4739 | }
|
|---|
| 4740 |
|
|---|
| 4741 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
|---|
| 4742 |
|
|---|
| 4743 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
|
|---|
| 4744 | i = 0;
|
|---|
| 4745 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|---|
| 4746 | break;
|
|---|
| 4747 | }
|
|---|
| 4748 | else
|
|---|
| 4749 | {
|
|---|
| 4750 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
|
|---|
| 4751 | SEGMENT2. */
|
|---|
| 4752 | extra_length =
|
|---|
| 4753 | SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
|
|---|
| 4754 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
|
|---|
| 4755 |
|
|---|
| 4756 | if (extra_length > 0)
|
|---|
| 4757 | {
|
|---|
| 4758 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
|
|---|
| 4759 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
|
|---|
| 4760 | }
|
|---|
| 4761 |
|
|---|
| 4762 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
|---|
| 4763 | }
|
|---|
| 4764 | }
|
|---|
| 4765 | }
|
|---|
| 4766 |
|
|---|
| 4767 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
|
|---|
| 4768 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|---|
| 4769 | i < num_segments;
|
|---|
| 4770 | i ++, segment ++)
|
|---|
| 4771 | {
|
|---|
| 4772 | unsigned int section_count;
|
|---|
| 4773 | asection ** sections;
|
|---|
| 4774 | asection * output_section;
|
|---|
| 4775 | unsigned int isec;
|
|---|
| 4776 | bfd_vma matching_lma;
|
|---|
| 4777 | bfd_vma suggested_lma;
|
|---|
| 4778 | unsigned int j;
|
|---|
| 4779 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
|---|
| 4780 |
|
|---|
| 4781 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
|
|---|
| 4782 | continue;
|
|---|
| 4783 |
|
|---|
| 4784 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
|
|---|
| 4785 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
|
|---|
| 4786 | section != NULL;
|
|---|
| 4787 | section = section->next)
|
|---|
| 4788 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
|
|---|
| 4789 | ++section_count;
|
|---|
| 4790 |
|
|---|
| 4791 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
|
|---|
| 4792 | all of the sections we have selected. */
|
|---|
| 4793 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|---|
| 4794 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
|
|---|
| 4795 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 4796 | if (map == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4797 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4798 |
|
|---|
| 4799 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
|
|---|
| 4800 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
|
|---|
| 4801 | map->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 4802 | map->p_type = segment->p_type;
|
|---|
| 4803 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
|
|---|
| 4804 | map->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|---|
| 4805 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
|
|---|
| 4806 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
|
|---|
| 4807 |
|
|---|
| 4808 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
|
|---|
| 4809 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
|
|---|
| 4810 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
|
|---|
| 4811 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
|
|---|
| 4812 |
|
|---|
| 4813 | map->includes_phdrs = 0;
|
|---|
| 4814 |
|
|---|
| 4815 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 4816 | {
|
|---|
| 4817 | map->includes_phdrs =
|
|---|
| 4818 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
|
|---|
| 4819 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
|
|---|
| 4820 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
|
|---|
| 4821 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
|
|---|
| 4822 |
|
|---|
| 4823 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
|
|---|
| 4824 | phdr_included = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 4825 | }
|
|---|
| 4826 |
|
|---|
| 4827 | if (section_count == 0)
|
|---|
| 4828 | {
|
|---|
| 4829 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
|
|---|
| 4830 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
|
|---|
| 4831 | something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
|
|---|
| 4832 | a warning is produced. */
|
|---|
| 4833 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|---|
| 4834 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 4835 | (_("%s: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
|
|---|
| 4836 | bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
|
|---|
| 4837 |
|
|---|
| 4838 | map->count = 0;
|
|---|
| 4839 | *pointer_to_map = map;
|
|---|
| 4840 | pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
|---|
| 4841 |
|
|---|
| 4842 | continue;
|
|---|
| 4843 | }
|
|---|
| 4844 |
|
|---|
| 4845 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
|
|---|
| 4846 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
|
|---|
| 4847 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
|
|---|
| 4848 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
|
|---|
| 4849 |
|
|---|
| 4850 | 1. None of the sections have been moved.
|
|---|
| 4851 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
|
|---|
| 4852 | input BFD.
|
|---|
| 4853 |
|
|---|
| 4854 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
|
|---|
| 4855 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
|
|---|
| 4856 | of the first section.
|
|---|
| 4857 |
|
|---|
| 4858 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
|
|---|
| 4859 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
|
|---|
| 4860 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
|
|---|
| 4861 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
|
|---|
| 4862 | have to be created to contain the other sections.
|
|---|
| 4863 |
|
|---|
| 4864 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
|
|---|
| 4865 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
|
|---|
| 4866 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
|
|---|
| 4867 | or segments to contain the other sections.
|
|---|
| 4868 |
|
|---|
| 4869 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
|
|---|
| 4870 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
|
|---|
| 4871 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
|
|---|
| 4872 |
|
|---|
| 4873 | /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
|
|---|
| 4874 | to work around this long long bug. */
|
|---|
| 4875 | amt = section_count * sizeof (asection *);
|
|---|
| 4876 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
|---|
| 4877 | if (sections == NULL)
|
|---|
| 4878 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4879 |
|
|---|
| 4880 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
|
|---|
| 4881 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
|
|---|
| 4882 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
|
|---|
| 4883 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
|
|---|
| 4884 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
|
|---|
| 4885 | more to do. */
|
|---|
| 4886 | isec = 0;
|
|---|
| 4887 | matching_lma = 0;
|
|---|
| 4888 | suggested_lma = 0;
|
|---|
| 4889 |
|
|---|
| 4890 | for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
|
|---|
| 4891 | section != NULL;
|
|---|
| 4892 | section = section->next)
|
|---|
| 4893 | {
|
|---|
| 4894 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
|
|---|
| 4895 | {
|
|---|
| 4896 | output_section = section->output_section;
|
|---|
| 4897 |
|
|---|
| 4898 | sections[j ++] = section;
|
|---|
| 4899 |
|
|---|
| 4900 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
|
|---|
| 4901 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
|
|---|
| 4902 | correct value. Note - some backends require that
|
|---|
| 4903 | p_paddr be left as zero. */
|
|---|
| 4904 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0
|
|---|
| 4905 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0
|
|---|
| 4906 | && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
|
|---|
| 4907 | && isec == 0
|
|---|
| 4908 | && output_section->lma != 0
|
|---|
| 4909 | && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
|
|---|
| 4910 | + (map->includes_filehdr
|
|---|
| 4911 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize
|
|---|
| 4912 | : 0)
|
|---|
| 4913 | + (map->includes_phdrs
|
|---|
| 4914 | ? (iehdr->e_phnum
|
|---|
| 4915 | * iehdr->e_phentsize)
|
|---|
| 4916 | : 0))))
|
|---|
| 4917 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
|
|---|
| 4918 |
|
|---|
| 4919 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
|
|---|
| 4920 | LMA address of the output section. */
|
|---|
| 4921 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
|
|---|
| 4922 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
|
|---|
| 4923 | || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
|
|---|
| 4924 | IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))
|
|---|
| 4925 | )
|
|---|
| 4926 | {
|
|---|
| 4927 | if (matching_lma == 0)
|
|---|
| 4928 | matching_lma = output_section->lma;
|
|---|
| 4929 |
|
|---|
| 4930 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
|
|---|
| 4931 | then it does not overlap any other section within that
|
|---|
| 4932 | segment. */
|
|---|
| 4933 | map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
|
|---|
| 4934 | }
|
|---|
| 4935 | else if (suggested_lma == 0)
|
|---|
| 4936 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
|
|---|
| 4937 | }
|
|---|
| 4938 | }
|
|---|
| 4939 |
|
|---|
| 4940 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
|
|---|
| 4941 |
|
|---|
| 4942 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
|
|---|
| 4943 | if necessary. */
|
|---|
| 4944 | if (isec == section_count)
|
|---|
| 4945 | {
|
|---|
| 4946 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
|
|---|
| 4947 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
|
|---|
| 4948 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
|
|---|
| 4949 | program header in the input BFD. */
|
|---|
| 4950 | map->count = section_count;
|
|---|
| 4951 | *pointer_to_map = map;
|
|---|
| 4952 | pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
|---|
| 4953 |
|
|---|
| 4954 | free (sections);
|
|---|
| 4955 | continue;
|
|---|
| 4956 | }
|
|---|
| 4957 | else
|
|---|
| 4958 | {
|
|---|
| 4959 | if (matching_lma != 0)
|
|---|
| 4960 | {
|
|---|
| 4961 | /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
|
|---|
| 4962 | Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
|
|---|
| 4963 | LMA of the first section that fitted. */
|
|---|
| 4964 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
|
|---|
| 4965 | }
|
|---|
| 4966 | else
|
|---|
| 4967 | {
|
|---|
| 4968 | /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
|
|---|
| 4969 | Change the current segment's physical address to match
|
|---|
| 4970 | the LMA of the first section. */
|
|---|
| 4971 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
|
|---|
| 4972 | }
|
|---|
| 4973 |
|
|---|
| 4974 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
|
|---|
| 4975 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
|
|---|
| 4976 | if (map->includes_filehdr)
|
|---|
| 4977 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
|
|---|
| 4978 |
|
|---|
| 4979 | if (map->includes_phdrs)
|
|---|
| 4980 | {
|
|---|
| 4981 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
|
|---|
| 4982 |
|
|---|
| 4983 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
|
|---|
| 4984 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note
|
|---|
| 4985 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose
|
|---|
| 4986 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
|
|---|
| 4987 | offset when we know the correct value. */
|
|---|
| 4988 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
|
|---|
| 4989 | phdr_adjust_seg = map;
|
|---|
| 4990 | }
|
|---|
| 4991 | }
|
|---|
| 4992 |
|
|---|
| 4993 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
|
|---|
| 4994 | those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
|
|---|
| 4995 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
|
|---|
| 4996 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
|
|---|
| 4997 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
|
|---|
| 4998 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
|
|---|
| 4999 | the loop. */
|
|---|
| 5000 | isec = 0;
|
|---|
| 5001 | do
|
|---|
| 5002 | {
|
|---|
| 5003 | map->count = 0;
|
|---|
| 5004 | suggested_lma = 0;
|
|---|
| 5005 |
|
|---|
| 5006 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
|
|---|
| 5007 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
|
|---|
| 5008 | {
|
|---|
| 5009 | section = sections[j];
|
|---|
| 5010 |
|
|---|
| 5011 | if (section == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5012 | continue;
|
|---|
| 5013 |
|
|---|
| 5014 | output_section = section->output_section;
|
|---|
| 5015 |
|
|---|
| 5016 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
|
|---|
| 5017 |
|
|---|
| 5018 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
|
|---|
| 5019 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
|
|---|
| 5020 | {
|
|---|
| 5021 | if (map->count == 0)
|
|---|
| 5022 | {
|
|---|
| 5023 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
|
|---|
| 5024 | the beginning of the segment, then something is
|
|---|
| 5025 | wrong. */
|
|---|
| 5026 | if (output_section->lma !=
|
|---|
| 5027 | (map->p_paddr
|
|---|
| 5028 | + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
|
|---|
| 5029 | + (map->includes_phdrs
|
|---|
| 5030 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
|
|---|
| 5031 | : 0)))
|
|---|
| 5032 | abort ();
|
|---|
| 5033 | }
|
|---|
| 5034 | else
|
|---|
| 5035 | {
|
|---|
| 5036 | asection * prev_sec;
|
|---|
| 5037 |
|
|---|
| 5038 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
|
|---|
| 5039 |
|
|---|
| 5040 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
|
|---|
| 5041 | and the start of this section is more than
|
|---|
| 5042 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
|
|---|
| 5043 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size,
|
|---|
| 5044 | maxpagesize)
|
|---|
| 5045 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
|
|---|
| 5046 | || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size)
|
|---|
| 5047 | > output_section->lma))
|
|---|
| 5048 | {
|
|---|
| 5049 | if (suggested_lma == 0)
|
|---|
| 5050 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
|
|---|
| 5051 |
|
|---|
| 5052 | continue;
|
|---|
| 5053 | }
|
|---|
| 5054 | }
|
|---|
| 5055 |
|
|---|
| 5056 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
|
|---|
| 5057 | ++isec;
|
|---|
| 5058 | sections[j] = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5059 | section->segment_mark = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5060 | }
|
|---|
| 5061 | else if (suggested_lma == 0)
|
|---|
| 5062 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
|
|---|
| 5063 | }
|
|---|
| 5064 |
|
|---|
| 5065 | BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
|
|---|
| 5066 |
|
|---|
| 5067 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
|
|---|
| 5068 | *pointer_to_map = map;
|
|---|
| 5069 | pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
|---|
| 5070 |
|
|---|
| 5071 | if (isec < section_count)
|
|---|
| 5072 | {
|
|---|
| 5073 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
|
|---|
| 5074 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
|
|---|
| 5075 | and carry on looping. */
|
|---|
| 5076 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|---|
| 5077 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
|
|---|
| 5078 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 5079 | if (map == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5080 | {
|
|---|
| 5081 | free (sections);
|
|---|
| 5082 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5083 | }
|
|---|
| 5084 |
|
|---|
| 5085 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
|
|---|
| 5086 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
|
|---|
| 5087 | not yet been assigned. */
|
|---|
| 5088 | map->next = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5089 | map->p_type = segment->p_type;
|
|---|
| 5090 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
|
|---|
| 5091 | map->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|---|
| 5092 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
|
|---|
| 5093 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
|
|---|
| 5094 | map->includes_filehdr = 0;
|
|---|
| 5095 | map->includes_phdrs = 0;
|
|---|
| 5096 | }
|
|---|
| 5097 | }
|
|---|
| 5098 | while (isec < section_count);
|
|---|
| 5099 |
|
|---|
| 5100 | free (sections);
|
|---|
| 5101 | }
|
|---|
| 5102 |
|
|---|
| 5103 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
|
|---|
| 5104 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
|
|---|
| 5105 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
|
|---|
| 5106 | reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
|
|---|
| 5107 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
|---|
| 5108 | if (map->p_paddr != 0)
|
|---|
| 5109 | break;
|
|---|
| 5110 | if (map == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5111 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
|---|
| 5112 | map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
|
|---|
| 5113 |
|
|---|
| 5114 | elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
|
|---|
| 5115 |
|
|---|
| 5116 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
|
|---|
| 5117 | going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
|
|---|
| 5118 | the offset if necessary. */
|
|---|
| 5119 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
|
|---|
| 5120 | {
|
|---|
| 5121 | unsigned int count;
|
|---|
| 5122 |
|
|---|
| 5123 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
|---|
| 5124 | count++;
|
|---|
| 5125 |
|
|---|
| 5126 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
|
|---|
| 5127 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
|
|---|
| 5128 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
|
|---|
| 5129 | }
|
|---|
| 5130 |
|
|---|
| 5131 | #if 0
|
|---|
| 5132 | /* Final Step: Sort the segments into ascending order of physical
|
|---|
| 5133 | address. */
|
|---|
| 5134 | if (map_first != NULL)
|
|---|
| 5135 | {
|
|---|
| 5136 | struct elf_segment_map *prev;
|
|---|
| 5137 |
|
|---|
| 5138 | prev = map_first;
|
|---|
| 5139 | for (map = map_first->next; map != NULL; prev = map, map = map->next)
|
|---|
| 5140 | {
|
|---|
| 5141 | /* Yes I know - its a bubble sort.... */
|
|---|
| 5142 | if (map->next != NULL && (map->next->p_paddr < map->p_paddr))
|
|---|
| 5143 | {
|
|---|
| 5144 | /* Swap map and map->next. */
|
|---|
| 5145 | prev->next = map->next;
|
|---|
| 5146 | map->next = map->next->next;
|
|---|
| 5147 | prev->next->next = map;
|
|---|
| 5148 |
|
|---|
| 5149 | /* Restart loop. */
|
|---|
| 5150 | map = map_first;
|
|---|
| 5151 | }
|
|---|
| 5152 | }
|
|---|
| 5153 | }
|
|---|
| 5154 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5155 |
|
|---|
| 5156 | #undef SEGMENT_END
|
|---|
| 5157 | #undef SECTION_SIZE
|
|---|
| 5158 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
|
|---|
| 5159 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
|
|---|
| 5160 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
|
|---|
| 5161 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
|
|---|
| 5162 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
|
|---|
| 5163 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
|
|---|
| 5164 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
|
|---|
| 5165 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5166 | }
|
|---|
| 5167 |
|
|---|
| 5168 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
|
|---|
| 5169 | field, and sometimes the info field. */
|
|---|
| 5170 |
|
|---|
| 5171 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 5172 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec)
|
|---|
| 5173 | bfd *ibfd;
|
|---|
| 5174 | asection *isec;
|
|---|
| 5175 | bfd *obfd;
|
|---|
| 5176 | asection *osec;
|
|---|
| 5177 | {
|
|---|
| 5178 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
|
|---|
| 5179 |
|
|---|
| 5180 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 5181 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|---|
| 5182 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5183 |
|
|---|
| 5184 | if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
|
|---|
| 5185 | {
|
|---|
| 5186 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 5187 |
|
|---|
| 5188 | /* Only set up the segments if there are no more SEC_ALLOC
|
|---|
| 5189 | sections. FIXME: This won't do the right thing if objcopy is
|
|---|
| 5190 | used to remove the last SEC_ALLOC section, since objcopy
|
|---|
| 5191 | won't call this routine in that case. */
|
|---|
| 5192 | for (s = isec->next; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|---|
| 5193 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|---|
| 5194 | break;
|
|---|
| 5195 | if (s == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5196 | {
|
|---|
| 5197 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
|
|---|
| 5198 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5199 | }
|
|---|
| 5200 | }
|
|---|
| 5201 |
|
|---|
| 5202 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
|
|---|
| 5203 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
|
|---|
| 5204 |
|
|---|
| 5205 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
|
|---|
| 5206 |
|
|---|
| 5207 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
|---|
| 5208 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
|
|---|
| 5209 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
|
|---|
| 5210 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
|
|---|
| 5211 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
|
|---|
| 5212 |
|
|---|
| 5213 | /* Set things up for objcopy. The output SHT_GROUP section will
|
|---|
| 5214 | have its elf_next_in_group pointing back to the input group
|
|---|
| 5215 | members. */
|
|---|
| 5216 | elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
|
|---|
| 5217 | elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
|
|---|
| 5218 |
|
|---|
| 5219 | osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
|
|---|
| 5220 |
|
|---|
| 5221 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5222 | }
|
|---|
| 5223 |
|
|---|
| 5224 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
|
|---|
| 5225 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
|
|---|
| 5226 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
|
|---|
| 5227 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
|
|---|
| 5228 | swap_out_syms function. */
|
|---|
| 5229 |
|
|---|
| 5230 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
|
|---|
| 5231 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
|
|---|
| 5232 | #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
|
|---|
| 5233 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
|
|---|
| 5234 | #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
|
|---|
| 5235 |
|
|---|
| 5236 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 5237 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (ibfd, isymarg, obfd, osymarg)
|
|---|
| 5238 | bfd *ibfd;
|
|---|
| 5239 | asymbol *isymarg;
|
|---|
| 5240 | bfd *obfd;
|
|---|
| 5241 | asymbol *osymarg;
|
|---|
| 5242 | {
|
|---|
| 5243 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
|
|---|
| 5244 |
|
|---|
| 5245 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|---|
| 5246 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|---|
| 5247 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5248 |
|
|---|
| 5249 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
|
|---|
| 5250 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
|
|---|
| 5251 |
|
|---|
| 5252 | if (isym != NULL
|
|---|
| 5253 | && osym != NULL
|
|---|
| 5254 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
|
|---|
| 5255 | {
|
|---|
| 5256 | unsigned int shndx;
|
|---|
| 5257 |
|
|---|
| 5258 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
|
|---|
| 5259 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
|
|---|
| 5260 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
|
|---|
| 5261 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
|
|---|
| 5262 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
|
|---|
| 5263 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
|
|---|
| 5264 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
|
|---|
| 5265 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
|
|---|
| 5266 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
|
|---|
| 5267 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
|
|---|
| 5268 | shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
|
|---|
| 5269 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
|
|---|
| 5270 | }
|
|---|
| 5271 |
|
|---|
| 5272 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5273 | }
|
|---|
| 5274 |
|
|---|
| 5275 | /* Swap out the symbols. */
|
|---|
| 5276 |
|
|---|
| 5277 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 5278 | swap_out_syms (abfd, sttp, relocatable_p)
|
|---|
| 5279 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5280 | struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp;
|
|---|
| 5281 | int relocatable_p;
|
|---|
| 5282 | {
|
|---|
| 5283 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|---|
| 5284 | int symcount;
|
|---|
| 5285 | asymbol **syms;
|
|---|
| 5286 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
|
|---|
| 5287 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 5288 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
|
|---|
| 5289 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 5290 | char *outbound_syms;
|
|---|
| 5291 | char *outbound_shndx;
|
|---|
| 5292 | int idx;
|
|---|
| 5293 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
|---|
| 5294 |
|
|---|
| 5295 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
|
|---|
| 5296 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5297 |
|
|---|
| 5298 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */
|
|---|
| 5299 | stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
|
|---|
| 5300 | if (stt == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5301 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5302 |
|
|---|
| 5303 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 5304 | symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
|---|
| 5305 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 5306 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
|
|---|
| 5307 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 5308 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
|
|---|
| 5309 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
|
|---|
| 5310 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align;
|
|---|
| 5311 |
|
|---|
| 5312 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 5313 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|---|
| 5314 |
|
|---|
| 5315 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 5316 | outbound_syms = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 5317 | if (outbound_syms == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5318 | {
|
|---|
| 5319 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
|
|---|
| 5320 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5321 | }
|
|---|
| 5322 | symtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) outbound_syms;
|
|---|
| 5323 |
|
|---|
| 5324 | outbound_shndx = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5325 | symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
|
|---|
| 5326 | if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
|
|---|
| 5327 | {
|
|---|
| 5328 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
|---|
| 5329 | outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 5330 | if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5331 | {
|
|---|
| 5332 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
|
|---|
| 5333 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5334 | }
|
|---|
| 5335 |
|
|---|
| 5336 | symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
|
|---|
| 5337 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
|
|---|
| 5338 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
|
|---|
| 5339 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
|---|
| 5340 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
|---|
| 5341 | }
|
|---|
| 5342 |
|
|---|
| 5343 | /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
|
|---|
| 5344 | {
|
|---|
| 5345 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
|
|---|
| 5346 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
|
|---|
| 5347 | sym.st_name = 0;
|
|---|
| 5348 | sym.st_value = 0;
|
|---|
| 5349 | sym.st_size = 0;
|
|---|
| 5350 | sym.st_info = 0;
|
|---|
| 5351 | sym.st_other = 0;
|
|---|
| 5352 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
|---|
| 5353 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
|
|---|
| 5354 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 5355 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
|
|---|
| 5356 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
|---|
| 5357 | }
|
|---|
| 5358 |
|
|---|
| 5359 | syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
|
|---|
| 5360 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
|---|
| 5361 | {
|
|---|
| 5362 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
|
|---|
| 5363 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
|
|---|
| 5364 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
|
|---|
| 5365 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
|
|---|
| 5366 | int type;
|
|---|
| 5367 |
|
|---|
| 5368 | if ((flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
|---|
| 5369 | {
|
|---|
| 5370 | /* Local section symbols have no name. */
|
|---|
| 5371 | sym.st_name = 0;
|
|---|
| 5372 | }
|
|---|
| 5373 | else
|
|---|
| 5374 | {
|
|---|
| 5375 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
|
|---|
| 5376 | syms[idx]->name,
|
|---|
| 5377 | TRUE, FALSE);
|
|---|
| 5378 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
|
|---|
| 5379 | {
|
|---|
| 5380 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
|
|---|
| 5381 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5382 | }
|
|---|
| 5383 | }
|
|---|
| 5384 |
|
|---|
| 5385 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
|
|---|
| 5386 |
|
|---|
| 5387 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
|
|---|
| 5388 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
|---|
| 5389 | {
|
|---|
| 5390 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
|
|---|
| 5391 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
|
|---|
| 5392 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
|
|---|
| 5393 | sym.st_size = value;
|
|---|
| 5394 | if (type_ptr == NULL
|
|---|
| 5395 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
|
|---|
| 5396 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
|
|---|
| 5397 | else
|
|---|
| 5398 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
|
|---|
| 5399 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
|
|---|
| 5400 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
|
|---|
| 5401 | }
|
|---|
| 5402 | else
|
|---|
| 5403 | {
|
|---|
| 5404 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
|
|---|
| 5405 | int shndx;
|
|---|
| 5406 |
|
|---|
| 5407 | if (sec->output_section)
|
|---|
| 5408 | {
|
|---|
| 5409 | value += sec->output_offset;
|
|---|
| 5410 | sec = sec->output_section;
|
|---|
| 5411 | }
|
|---|
| 5412 |
|
|---|
| 5413 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
|
|---|
| 5414 | if (! relocatable_p)
|
|---|
| 5415 | value += sec->vma;
|
|---|
| 5416 | sym.st_value = value;
|
|---|
| 5417 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
|
|---|
| 5418 |
|
|---|
| 5419 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
|
|---|
| 5420 | && type_ptr != NULL
|
|---|
| 5421 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
|
|---|
| 5422 | {
|
|---|
| 5423 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
|
|---|
| 5424 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
|
|---|
| 5425 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */
|
|---|
| 5426 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
|
|---|
| 5427 | switch (shndx)
|
|---|
| 5428 | {
|
|---|
| 5429 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
|
|---|
| 5430 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
|
|---|
| 5431 | break;
|
|---|
| 5432 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
|
|---|
| 5433 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
|
|---|
| 5434 | break;
|
|---|
| 5435 | case MAP_STRTAB:
|
|---|
| 5436 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
|
|---|
| 5437 | break;
|
|---|
| 5438 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
|
|---|
| 5439 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
|
|---|
| 5440 | break;
|
|---|
| 5441 | case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
|
|---|
| 5442 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
|
|---|
| 5443 | break;
|
|---|
| 5444 | default:
|
|---|
| 5445 | break;
|
|---|
| 5446 | }
|
|---|
| 5447 | }
|
|---|
| 5448 | else
|
|---|
| 5449 | {
|
|---|
| 5450 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
|
|---|
| 5451 |
|
|---|
| 5452 | if (shndx == -1)
|
|---|
| 5453 | {
|
|---|
| 5454 | asection *sec2;
|
|---|
| 5455 |
|
|---|
| 5456 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
|
|---|
| 5457 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
|
|---|
| 5458 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to
|
|---|
| 5459 | demand of applications. For example, it
|
|---|
| 5460 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the
|
|---|
| 5461 | section of a symbol to be a section that is
|
|---|
| 5462 | actually in the output file. */
|
|---|
| 5463 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
|
|---|
| 5464 | if (sec2 == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5465 | {
|
|---|
| 5466 | _bfd_error_handler (_("\
|
|---|
| 5467 | Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
|
|---|
| 5468 | syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
|
|---|
| 5469 | sec->name);
|
|---|
| 5470 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|---|
| 5471 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
|
|---|
| 5472 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5473 | }
|
|---|
| 5474 |
|
|---|
| 5475 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
|
|---|
| 5476 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
|
|---|
| 5477 | }
|
|---|
| 5478 | }
|
|---|
| 5479 |
|
|---|
| 5480 | sym.st_shndx = shndx;
|
|---|
| 5481 | }
|
|---|
| 5482 |
|
|---|
| 5483 | if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
|
|---|
| 5484 | type = STT_TLS;
|
|---|
| 5485 | else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
|
|---|
| 5486 | type = STT_FUNC;
|
|---|
| 5487 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
|
|---|
| 5488 | type = STT_OBJECT;
|
|---|
| 5489 | else
|
|---|
| 5490 | type = STT_NOTYPE;
|
|---|
| 5491 |
|
|---|
| 5492 | if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
|
|---|
| 5493 | type = STT_TLS;
|
|---|
| 5494 |
|
|---|
| 5495 | /* Processor-specific types. */
|
|---|
| 5496 | if (type_ptr != NULL
|
|---|
| 5497 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
|
|---|
| 5498 | type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
|
|---|
| 5499 | (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
|
|---|
| 5500 |
|
|---|
| 5501 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
|---|
| 5502 | {
|
|---|
| 5503 | if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
|
|---|
| 5504 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
|
|---|
| 5505 | else
|
|---|
| 5506 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
|
|---|
| 5507 | }
|
|---|
| 5508 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
|---|
| 5509 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
|
|---|
| 5510 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
|---|
| 5511 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
|
|---|
| 5512 | ? STB_WEAK
|
|---|
| 5513 | : STB_GLOBAL),
|
|---|
| 5514 | type);
|
|---|
| 5515 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
|
|---|
| 5516 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
|
|---|
| 5517 | else
|
|---|
| 5518 | {
|
|---|
| 5519 | int bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
|---|
| 5520 |
|
|---|
| 5521 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
|
|---|
| 5522 | bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
|---|
| 5523 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
|
|---|
| 5524 | bind = STB_WEAK;
|
|---|
| 5525 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
|
|---|
| 5526 | bind = STB_GLOBAL;
|
|---|
| 5527 |
|
|---|
| 5528 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
|
|---|
| 5529 | }
|
|---|
| 5530 |
|
|---|
| 5531 | if (type_ptr != NULL)
|
|---|
| 5532 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
|
|---|
| 5533 | else
|
|---|
| 5534 | sym.st_other = 0;
|
|---|
| 5535 |
|
|---|
| 5536 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
|
|---|
| 5537 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 5538 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
|
|---|
| 5539 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
|---|
| 5540 | }
|
|---|
| 5541 |
|
|---|
| 5542 | *sttp = stt;
|
|---|
| 5543 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
|
|---|
| 5544 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|---|
| 5545 |
|
|---|
| 5546 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|---|
| 5547 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|---|
| 5548 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|---|
| 5549 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
|---|
| 5550 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
|---|
| 5551 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
|
|---|
| 5552 |
|
|---|
| 5553 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5554 | }
|
|---|
| 5555 |
|
|---|
| 5556 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
|
|---|
| 5557 |
|
|---|
| 5558 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
|
|---|
| 5559 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
|
|---|
| 5560 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
|
|---|
| 5561 |
|
|---|
| 5562 | long
|
|---|
| 5563 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
|
|---|
| 5564 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5565 | {
|
|---|
| 5566 | long symcount;
|
|---|
| 5567 | long symtab_size;
|
|---|
| 5568 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 5569 |
|
|---|
| 5570 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 5571 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
|
|---|
| 5572 | if (symcount > 0)
|
|---|
| 5573 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
|
|---|
| 5574 |
|
|---|
| 5575 | return symtab_size;
|
|---|
| 5576 | }
|
|---|
| 5577 |
|
|---|
| 5578 | long
|
|---|
| 5579 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
|
|---|
| 5580 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5581 | {
|
|---|
| 5582 | long symcount;
|
|---|
| 5583 | long symtab_size;
|
|---|
| 5584 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
|
|---|
| 5585 |
|
|---|
| 5586 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
|---|
| 5587 | {
|
|---|
| 5588 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|---|
| 5589 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 5590 | }
|
|---|
| 5591 |
|
|---|
| 5592 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|---|
| 5593 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
|
|---|
| 5594 | if (symcount > 0)
|
|---|
| 5595 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
|
|---|
| 5596 |
|
|---|
| 5597 | return symtab_size;
|
|---|
| 5598 | }
|
|---|
| 5599 |
|
|---|
| 5600 | long
|
|---|
| 5601 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect)
|
|---|
| 5602 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5603 | sec_ptr asect;
|
|---|
| 5604 | {
|
|---|
| 5605 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
|
|---|
| 5606 | }
|
|---|
| 5607 |
|
|---|
| 5608 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
|
|---|
| 5609 |
|
|---|
| 5610 | long
|
|---|
| 5611 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols)
|
|---|
| 5612 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5613 | sec_ptr section;
|
|---|
| 5614 | arelent **relptr;
|
|---|
| 5615 | asymbol **symbols;
|
|---|
| 5616 | {
|
|---|
| 5617 | arelent *tblptr;
|
|---|
| 5618 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 5619 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 5620 |
|
|---|
| 5621 | if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
|
|---|
| 5622 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 5623 |
|
|---|
| 5624 | tblptr = section->relocation;
|
|---|
| 5625 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
|
|---|
| 5626 | *relptr++ = tblptr++;
|
|---|
| 5627 |
|
|---|
| 5628 | *relptr = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5629 |
|
|---|
| 5630 | return section->reloc_count;
|
|---|
| 5631 | }
|
|---|
| 5632 |
|
|---|
| 5633 | long
|
|---|
| 5634 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab (abfd, alocation)
|
|---|
| 5635 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5636 | asymbol **alocation;
|
|---|
| 5637 | {
|
|---|
| 5638 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 5639 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, FALSE);
|
|---|
| 5640 |
|
|---|
| 5641 | if (symcount >= 0)
|
|---|
| 5642 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
|
|---|
| 5643 | return symcount;
|
|---|
| 5644 | }
|
|---|
| 5645 |
|
|---|
| 5646 | long
|
|---|
| 5647 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, alocation)
|
|---|
| 5648 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5649 | asymbol **alocation;
|
|---|
| 5650 | {
|
|---|
| 5651 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 5652 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, TRUE);
|
|---|
| 5653 |
|
|---|
| 5654 | if (symcount >= 0)
|
|---|
| 5655 | bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
|
|---|
| 5656 | return symcount;
|
|---|
| 5657 | }
|
|---|
| 5658 |
|
|---|
| 5659 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any
|
|---|
| 5660 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type
|
|---|
| 5661 | SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is
|
|---|
| 5662 | considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
|
|---|
| 5663 |
|
|---|
| 5664 | long
|
|---|
| 5665 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (abfd)
|
|---|
| 5666 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5667 | {
|
|---|
| 5668 | long ret;
|
|---|
| 5669 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 5670 |
|
|---|
| 5671 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
|---|
| 5672 | {
|
|---|
| 5673 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|---|
| 5674 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 5675 | }
|
|---|
| 5676 |
|
|---|
| 5677 | ret = sizeof (arelent *);
|
|---|
| 5678 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|---|
| 5679 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
|
|---|
| 5680 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
|
|---|
| 5681 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
|
|---|
| 5682 | ret += ((s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
|
|---|
| 5683 | * sizeof (arelent *));
|
|---|
| 5684 |
|
|---|
| 5685 | return ret;
|
|---|
| 5686 | }
|
|---|
| 5687 |
|
|---|
| 5688 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return
|
|---|
| 5689 | the dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are
|
|---|
| 5690 | actually associated with particular sections; the interface, which
|
|---|
| 5691 | was designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there
|
|---|
| 5692 | is only one set of dynamic relocs. Any section that was actually
|
|---|
| 5693 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses
|
|---|
| 5694 | the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc
|
|---|
| 5695 | section. */
|
|---|
| 5696 |
|
|---|
| 5697 | long
|
|---|
| 5698 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (abfd, storage, syms)
|
|---|
| 5699 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5700 | arelent **storage;
|
|---|
| 5701 | asymbol **syms;
|
|---|
| 5702 | {
|
|---|
| 5703 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs)
|
|---|
| 5704 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean));
|
|---|
| 5705 | asection *s;
|
|---|
| 5706 | long ret;
|
|---|
| 5707 |
|
|---|
| 5708 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
|---|
| 5709 | {
|
|---|
| 5710 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|---|
| 5711 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 5712 | }
|
|---|
| 5713 |
|
|---|
| 5714 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
|
|---|
| 5715 | ret = 0;
|
|---|
| 5716 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|---|
| 5717 | {
|
|---|
| 5718 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
|
|---|
| 5719 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
|
|---|
| 5720 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
|
|---|
| 5721 | {
|
|---|
| 5722 | arelent *p;
|
|---|
| 5723 | long count, i;
|
|---|
| 5724 |
|
|---|
| 5725 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
|
|---|
| 5726 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 5727 | count = s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
|
|---|
| 5728 | p = s->relocation;
|
|---|
| 5729 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
|
|---|
| 5730 | *storage++ = p++;
|
|---|
| 5731 | ret += count;
|
|---|
| 5732 | }
|
|---|
| 5733 | }
|
|---|
| 5734 |
|
|---|
| 5735 | *storage = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5736 |
|
|---|
| 5737 | return ret;
|
|---|
| 5738 | }
|
|---|
| 5739 | |
|---|
| 5740 |
|
|---|
| 5741 | /* Read in the version information. */
|
|---|
| 5742 |
|
|---|
| 5743 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 5744 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd)
|
|---|
| 5745 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5746 | {
|
|---|
| 5747 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5748 | bfd_size_type amt;
|
|---|
| 5749 |
|
|---|
| 5750 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
|
|---|
| 5751 | {
|
|---|
| 5752 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 5753 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
|
|---|
| 5754 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
|
|---|
| 5755 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
|
|---|
| 5756 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
|
|---|
| 5757 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 5758 | unsigned int maxidx;
|
|---|
| 5759 |
|
|---|
| 5760 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
|
|---|
| 5761 |
|
|---|
| 5762 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
|
|---|
| 5763 | if (contents == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5764 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 5765 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 5766 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
|
|---|
| 5767 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 5768 |
|
|---|
| 5769 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
|
|---|
| 5770 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
|
|---|
| 5771 | the maximum. */
|
|---|
| 5772 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
|
|---|
| 5773 | maxidx = 0;
|
|---|
| 5774 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
|
|---|
| 5775 | {
|
|---|
| 5776 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
|
|---|
| 5777 |
|
|---|
| 5778 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
|
|---|
| 5779 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
|
|---|
| 5780 |
|
|---|
| 5781 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
|
|---|
| 5782 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
|
|---|
| 5783 | }
|
|---|
| 5784 |
|
|---|
| 5785 | amt = (bfd_size_type) maxidx * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef);
|
|---|
| 5786 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 5787 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5788 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 5789 |
|
|---|
| 5790 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
|
|---|
| 5791 |
|
|---|
| 5792 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
|
|---|
| 5793 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
|
|---|
| 5794 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
|
|---|
| 5795 | {
|
|---|
| 5796 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
|
|---|
| 5797 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
|
|---|
| 5798 | unsigned int j;
|
|---|
| 5799 |
|
|---|
| 5800 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
|
|---|
| 5801 |
|
|---|
| 5802 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
|
|---|
| 5803 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
|
|---|
| 5804 |
|
|---|
| 5805 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
|
|---|
| 5806 |
|
|---|
| 5807 | amt = (bfd_size_type) iverdef->vd_cnt * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux);
|
|---|
| 5808 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = (Elf_Internal_Verdaux *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 5809 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5810 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 5811 |
|
|---|
| 5812 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
|
|---|
| 5813 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
|
|---|
| 5814 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
|
|---|
| 5815 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
|
|---|
| 5816 | {
|
|---|
| 5817 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
|
|---|
| 5818 |
|
|---|
| 5819 | iverdaux->vda_nodename =
|
|---|
| 5820 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
|---|
| 5821 | iverdaux->vda_name);
|
|---|
| 5822 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5823 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 5824 |
|
|---|
| 5825 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
|
|---|
| 5826 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
|
|---|
| 5827 | else
|
|---|
| 5828 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5829 |
|
|---|
| 5830 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
|
|---|
| 5831 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
|
|---|
| 5832 | }
|
|---|
| 5833 |
|
|---|
| 5834 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
|
|---|
| 5835 |
|
|---|
| 5836 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
|
|---|
| 5837 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
|
|---|
| 5838 | else
|
|---|
| 5839 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5840 |
|
|---|
| 5841 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
|
|---|
| 5842 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
|
|---|
| 5843 | }
|
|---|
| 5844 |
|
|---|
| 5845 | free (contents);
|
|---|
| 5846 | contents = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5847 | }
|
|---|
| 5848 |
|
|---|
| 5849 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
|
|---|
| 5850 | {
|
|---|
| 5851 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 5852 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
|
|---|
| 5853 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
|
|---|
| 5854 | unsigned int i;
|
|---|
| 5855 |
|
|---|
| 5856 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
|
|---|
| 5857 |
|
|---|
| 5858 | amt = (bfd_size_type) hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed);
|
|---|
| 5859 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref =
|
|---|
| 5860 | (Elf_Internal_Verneed *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 5861 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5862 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 5863 |
|
|---|
| 5864 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
|
|---|
| 5865 |
|
|---|
| 5866 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
|
|---|
| 5867 | if (contents == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5868 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 5869 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 5870 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
|
|---|
| 5871 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 5872 |
|
|---|
| 5873 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
|
|---|
| 5874 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
|
|---|
| 5875 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
|
|---|
| 5876 | {
|
|---|
| 5877 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
|
|---|
| 5878 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
|
|---|
| 5879 | unsigned int j;
|
|---|
| 5880 |
|
|---|
| 5881 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
|
|---|
| 5882 |
|
|---|
| 5883 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
|
|---|
| 5884 |
|
|---|
| 5885 | iverneed->vn_filename =
|
|---|
| 5886 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
|---|
| 5887 | iverneed->vn_file);
|
|---|
| 5888 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5889 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 5890 |
|
|---|
| 5891 | amt = iverneed->vn_cnt;
|
|---|
| 5892 | amt *= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux);
|
|---|
| 5893 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = (Elf_Internal_Vernaux *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 5894 |
|
|---|
| 5895 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
|
|---|
| 5896 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
|
|---|
| 5897 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
|
|---|
| 5898 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
|
|---|
| 5899 | {
|
|---|
| 5900 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
|
|---|
| 5901 |
|
|---|
| 5902 | ivernaux->vna_nodename =
|
|---|
| 5903 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
|---|
| 5904 | ivernaux->vna_name);
|
|---|
| 5905 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
|
|---|
| 5906 | goto error_return;
|
|---|
| 5907 |
|
|---|
| 5908 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
|
|---|
| 5909 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
|
|---|
| 5910 | else
|
|---|
| 5911 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5912 |
|
|---|
| 5913 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
|
|---|
| 5914 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
|
|---|
| 5915 | }
|
|---|
| 5916 |
|
|---|
| 5917 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
|
|---|
| 5918 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
|
|---|
| 5919 | else
|
|---|
| 5920 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5921 |
|
|---|
| 5922 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
|
|---|
| 5923 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
|
|---|
| 5924 | }
|
|---|
| 5925 |
|
|---|
| 5926 | free (contents);
|
|---|
| 5927 | contents = NULL;
|
|---|
| 5928 | }
|
|---|
| 5929 |
|
|---|
| 5930 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5931 |
|
|---|
| 5932 | error_return:
|
|---|
| 5933 | if (contents != NULL)
|
|---|
| 5934 | free (contents);
|
|---|
| 5935 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5936 | }
|
|---|
| 5937 | |
|---|
| 5938 |
|
|---|
| 5939 | asymbol *
|
|---|
| 5940 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
|
|---|
| 5941 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 5942 | {
|
|---|
| 5943 | elf_symbol_type *newsym;
|
|---|
| 5944 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
|
|---|
| 5945 |
|
|---|
| 5946 | newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|---|
| 5947 | if (!newsym)
|
|---|
| 5948 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 5949 | else
|
|---|
| 5950 | {
|
|---|
| 5951 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
|
|---|
| 5952 | return &newsym->symbol;
|
|---|
| 5953 | }
|
|---|
| 5954 | }
|
|---|
| 5955 |
|
|---|
| 5956 | void
|
|---|
| 5957 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret)
|
|---|
| 5958 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5959 | asymbol *symbol;
|
|---|
| 5960 | symbol_info *ret;
|
|---|
| 5961 | {
|
|---|
| 5962 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
|
|---|
| 5963 | }
|
|---|
| 5964 |
|
|---|
| 5965 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
|
|---|
| 5966 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
|
|---|
| 5967 | override it. */
|
|---|
| 5968 |
|
|---|
| 5969 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 5970 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name)
|
|---|
| 5971 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5972 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 5973 | {
|
|---|
| 5974 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
|
|---|
| 5975 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
|
|---|
| 5976 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5977 |
|
|---|
| 5978 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
|
|---|
| 5979 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
|
|---|
| 5980 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
|
|---|
| 5981 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5982 |
|
|---|
| 5983 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
|
|---|
| 5984 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
|
|---|
| 5985 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
|
|---|
| 5986 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
|
|---|
| 5987 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
|
|---|
| 5988 | we treat such symbols as local. */
|
|---|
| 5989 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
|
|---|
| 5990 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5991 |
|
|---|
| 5992 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5993 | }
|
|---|
| 5994 |
|
|---|
| 5995 | alent *
|
|---|
| 5996 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (ignore_abfd, symbol)
|
|---|
| 5997 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5998 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 5999 | {
|
|---|
| 6000 | abort ();
|
|---|
| 6001 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 6002 | }
|
|---|
| 6003 |
|
|---|
| 6004 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6005 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine)
|
|---|
| 6006 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6007 | enum bfd_architecture arch;
|
|---|
| 6008 | unsigned long machine;
|
|---|
| 6009 | {
|
|---|
| 6010 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
|
|---|
| 6011 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */
|
|---|
| 6012 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
|
|---|
| 6013 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
|
|---|
| 6014 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
|
|---|
| 6015 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6016 |
|
|---|
| 6017 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
|
|---|
| 6018 | }
|
|---|
| 6019 |
|
|---|
| 6020 | /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
|
|---|
| 6021 | for error reporting. */
|
|---|
| 6022 |
|
|---|
| 6023 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6024 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 6025 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)
|
|---|
| 6026 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 6027 | asection *section;
|
|---|
| 6028 | asymbol **symbols;
|
|---|
| 6029 | bfd_vma offset;
|
|---|
| 6030 | const char **filename_ptr;
|
|---|
| 6031 | const char **functionname_ptr;
|
|---|
| 6032 | {
|
|---|
| 6033 | const char *filename;
|
|---|
| 6034 | asymbol *func;
|
|---|
| 6035 | bfd_vma low_func;
|
|---|
| 6036 | asymbol **p;
|
|---|
| 6037 |
|
|---|
| 6038 | filename = NULL;
|
|---|
| 6039 | func = NULL;
|
|---|
| 6040 | low_func = 0;
|
|---|
| 6041 |
|
|---|
| 6042 | for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
|
|---|
| 6043 | {
|
|---|
| 6044 | elf_symbol_type *q;
|
|---|
| 6045 |
|
|---|
| 6046 | q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
|
|---|
| 6047 |
|
|---|
| 6048 | if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) != section)
|
|---|
| 6049 | continue;
|
|---|
| 6050 |
|
|---|
| 6051 | switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
|
|---|
| 6052 | {
|
|---|
| 6053 | default:
|
|---|
| 6054 | break;
|
|---|
| 6055 | case STT_FILE:
|
|---|
| 6056 | filename = bfd_asymbol_name (&q->symbol);
|
|---|
| 6057 | break;
|
|---|
| 6058 | case STT_NOTYPE:
|
|---|
| 6059 | case STT_FUNC:
|
|---|
| 6060 | if (q->symbol.section == section
|
|---|
| 6061 | && q->symbol.value >= low_func
|
|---|
| 6062 | && q->symbol.value <= offset)
|
|---|
| 6063 | {
|
|---|
| 6064 | func = (asymbol *) q;
|
|---|
| 6065 | low_func = q->symbol.value;
|
|---|
| 6066 | }
|
|---|
| 6067 | break;
|
|---|
| 6068 | }
|
|---|
| 6069 | }
|
|---|
| 6070 |
|
|---|
| 6071 | if (func == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6072 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6073 |
|
|---|
| 6074 | if (filename_ptr)
|
|---|
| 6075 | *filename_ptr = filename;
|
|---|
| 6076 | if (functionname_ptr)
|
|---|
| 6077 | *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
|
|---|
| 6078 |
|
|---|
| 6079 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6080 | }
|
|---|
| 6081 |
|
|---|
| 6082 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
|
|---|
| 6083 | for error reporting. */
|
|---|
| 6084 |
|
|---|
| 6085 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6086 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 6087 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr)
|
|---|
| 6088 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6089 | asection *section;
|
|---|
| 6090 | asymbol **symbols;
|
|---|
| 6091 | bfd_vma offset;
|
|---|
| 6092 | const char **filename_ptr;
|
|---|
| 6093 | const char **functionname_ptr;
|
|---|
| 6094 | unsigned int *line_ptr;
|
|---|
| 6095 | {
|
|---|
| 6096 | bfd_boolean found;
|
|---|
| 6097 |
|
|---|
| 6098 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 6099 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
|
|---|
| 6100 | line_ptr))
|
|---|
| 6101 | {
|
|---|
| 6102 | if (!*functionname_ptr)
|
|---|
| 6103 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 6104 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
|
|---|
| 6105 | functionname_ptr);
|
|---|
| 6106 |
|
|---|
| 6107 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6108 | }
|
|---|
| 6109 |
|
|---|
| 6110 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 6111 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
|
|---|
| 6112 | line_ptr, 0,
|
|---|
| 6113 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
|
|---|
| 6114 | {
|
|---|
| 6115 | if (!*functionname_ptr)
|
|---|
| 6116 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 6117 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
|
|---|
| 6118 | functionname_ptr);
|
|---|
| 6119 |
|
|---|
| 6120 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6121 | }
|
|---|
| 6122 |
|
|---|
| 6123 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
|
|---|
| 6124 | &found, filename_ptr,
|
|---|
| 6125 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
|
|---|
| 6126 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
|
|---|
| 6127 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6128 | if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
|
|---|
| 6129 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6130 |
|
|---|
| 6131 | if (symbols == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6132 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6133 |
|
|---|
| 6134 | if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
|---|
| 6135 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
|
|---|
| 6136 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6137 |
|
|---|
| 6138 | *line_ptr = 0;
|
|---|
| 6139 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6140 | }
|
|---|
| 6141 |
|
|---|
| 6142 | int
|
|---|
| 6143 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc)
|
|---|
| 6144 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6145 | bfd_boolean reloc;
|
|---|
| 6146 | {
|
|---|
| 6147 | int ret;
|
|---|
| 6148 |
|
|---|
| 6149 | ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|---|
| 6150 | if (! reloc)
|
|---|
| 6151 | ret += get_program_header_size (abfd);
|
|---|
| 6152 | return ret;
|
|---|
| 6153 | }
|
|---|
| 6154 |
|
|---|
| 6155 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6156 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
|
|---|
| 6157 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6158 | sec_ptr section;
|
|---|
| 6159 | PTR location;
|
|---|
| 6160 | file_ptr offset;
|
|---|
| 6161 | bfd_size_type count;
|
|---|
| 6162 | {
|
|---|
| 6163 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|---|
| 6164 | bfd_signed_vma pos;
|
|---|
| 6165 |
|
|---|
| 6166 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun
|
|---|
| 6167 | && ! (_bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions
|
|---|
| 6168 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)))
|
|---|
| 6169 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6170 |
|
|---|
| 6171 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
|
|---|
| 6172 | pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
|
|---|
| 6173 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|---|
| 6174 | || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
|
|---|
| 6175 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6176 |
|
|---|
| 6177 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6178 | }
|
|---|
| 6179 |
|
|---|
| 6180 | void
|
|---|
| 6181 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
|
|---|
| 6182 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 6183 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 6184 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 6185 | {
|
|---|
| 6186 | abort ();
|
|---|
| 6187 | }
|
|---|
| 6188 |
|
|---|
| 6189 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
|
|---|
| 6190 |
|
|---|
| 6191 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6192 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd, areloc)
|
|---|
| 6193 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6194 | arelent *areloc;
|
|---|
| 6195 | {
|
|---|
| 6196 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
|
|---|
| 6197 |
|
|---|
| 6198 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
|
|---|
| 6199 | {
|
|---|
| 6200 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
|
|---|
| 6201 | reloc_howto_type *howto;
|
|---|
| 6202 |
|
|---|
| 6203 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
|
|---|
| 6204 | equivalent ELF reloc. */
|
|---|
| 6205 |
|
|---|
| 6206 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
|
|---|
| 6207 | {
|
|---|
| 6208 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
|
|---|
| 6209 | {
|
|---|
| 6210 | case 8:
|
|---|
| 6211 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
|
|---|
| 6212 | break;
|
|---|
| 6213 | case 12:
|
|---|
| 6214 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
|
|---|
| 6215 | break;
|
|---|
| 6216 | case 16:
|
|---|
| 6217 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
|
|---|
| 6218 | break;
|
|---|
| 6219 | case 24:
|
|---|
| 6220 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
|
|---|
| 6221 | break;
|
|---|
| 6222 | case 32:
|
|---|
| 6223 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
|
|---|
| 6224 | break;
|
|---|
| 6225 | case 64:
|
|---|
| 6226 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
|
|---|
| 6227 | break;
|
|---|
| 6228 | default:
|
|---|
| 6229 | goto fail;
|
|---|
| 6230 | }
|
|---|
| 6231 |
|
|---|
| 6232 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
|
|---|
| 6233 |
|
|---|
| 6234 | if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
|
|---|
| 6235 | {
|
|---|
| 6236 | if (howto->pcrel_offset)
|
|---|
| 6237 | areloc->addend += areloc->address;
|
|---|
| 6238 | else
|
|---|
| 6239 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
|
|---|
| 6240 | }
|
|---|
| 6241 | }
|
|---|
| 6242 | else
|
|---|
| 6243 | {
|
|---|
| 6244 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
|
|---|
| 6245 | {
|
|---|
| 6246 | case 8:
|
|---|
| 6247 | code = BFD_RELOC_8;
|
|---|
| 6248 | break;
|
|---|
| 6249 | case 14:
|
|---|
| 6250 | code = BFD_RELOC_14;
|
|---|
| 6251 | break;
|
|---|
| 6252 | case 16:
|
|---|
| 6253 | code = BFD_RELOC_16;
|
|---|
| 6254 | break;
|
|---|
| 6255 | case 26:
|
|---|
| 6256 | code = BFD_RELOC_26;
|
|---|
| 6257 | break;
|
|---|
| 6258 | case 32:
|
|---|
| 6259 | code = BFD_RELOC_32;
|
|---|
| 6260 | break;
|
|---|
| 6261 | case 64:
|
|---|
| 6262 | code = BFD_RELOC_64;
|
|---|
| 6263 | break;
|
|---|
| 6264 | default:
|
|---|
| 6265 | goto fail;
|
|---|
| 6266 | }
|
|---|
| 6267 |
|
|---|
| 6268 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
|
|---|
| 6269 | }
|
|---|
| 6270 |
|
|---|
| 6271 | if (howto)
|
|---|
| 6272 | areloc->howto = howto;
|
|---|
| 6273 | else
|
|---|
| 6274 | goto fail;
|
|---|
| 6275 | }
|
|---|
| 6276 |
|
|---|
| 6277 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6278 |
|
|---|
| 6279 | fail:
|
|---|
| 6280 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|---|
| 6281 | (_("%s: unsupported relocation type %s"),
|
|---|
| 6282 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), areloc->howto->name);
|
|---|
| 6283 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|---|
| 6284 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6285 | }
|
|---|
| 6286 |
|
|---|
| 6287 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6288 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (abfd)
|
|---|
| 6289 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6290 | {
|
|---|
| 6291 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
|---|
| 6292 | {
|
|---|
| 6293 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
|
|---|
| 6294 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
|---|
| 6295 | }
|
|---|
| 6296 |
|
|---|
| 6297 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
|
|---|
| 6298 | }
|
|---|
| 6299 |
|
|---|
| 6300 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
|
|---|
| 6301 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
|
|---|
| 6302 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
|
|---|
| 6303 | this reloc. */
|
|---|
| 6304 |
|
|---|
| 6305 | bfd_reloc_status_type
|
|---|
| 6306 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn (abfd, re, symbol, data, is, obfd, errmsg)
|
|---|
| 6307 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 6308 | arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 6309 | struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 6310 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 6311 | asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 6312 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 6313 | char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 6314 | {
|
|---|
| 6315 | return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
|---|
| 6316 | }
|
|---|
| 6317 | |
|---|
| 6318 |
|
|---|
| 6319 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
|
|---|
| 6320 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
|
|---|
| 6321 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
|
|---|
| 6322 | out details about the corefile. */
|
|---|
| 6323 |
|
|---|
| 6324 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
|
|---|
| 6325 | # include <sys/procfs.h>
|
|---|
| 6326 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6327 |
|
|---|
| 6328 | /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
|
|---|
| 6329 |
|
|---|
| 6330 | static int
|
|---|
| 6331 | elfcore_make_pid (abfd)
|
|---|
| 6332 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6333 | {
|
|---|
| 6334 | return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
|
|---|
| 6335 | + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
|
|---|
| 6336 | }
|
|---|
| 6337 |
|
|---|
| 6338 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
|
|---|
| 6339 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
|
|---|
| 6340 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
|
|---|
| 6341 | overwrite it. */
|
|---|
| 6342 |
|
|---|
| 6343 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6344 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect)
|
|---|
| 6345 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6346 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 6347 | asection *sect;
|
|---|
| 6348 | {
|
|---|
| 6349 | asection *sect2;
|
|---|
| 6350 |
|
|---|
| 6351 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
|
|---|
| 6352 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6353 |
|
|---|
| 6354 | sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 6355 | if (sect2 == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6356 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6357 |
|
|---|
| 6358 | sect2->_raw_size = sect->_raw_size;
|
|---|
| 6359 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
|
|---|
| 6360 | sect2->flags = sect->flags;
|
|---|
| 6361 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
|
|---|
| 6362 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6363 | }
|
|---|
| 6364 |
|
|---|
| 6365 | /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
|
|---|
| 6366 | actually creates up to two pseudosections:
|
|---|
| 6367 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
|
|---|
| 6368 | such a section already exists.
|
|---|
| 6369 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
|
|---|
| 6370 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
|
|---|
| 6371 | Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
|
|---|
| 6372 | bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6373 | _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, size, filepos)
|
|---|
| 6374 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6375 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 6376 | size_t size;
|
|---|
| 6377 | ufile_ptr filepos;
|
|---|
| 6378 | {
|
|---|
| 6379 | char buf[100];
|
|---|
| 6380 | char *threaded_name;
|
|---|
| 6381 | size_t len;
|
|---|
| 6382 | asection *sect;
|
|---|
| 6383 |
|
|---|
| 6384 | /* Build the section name. */
|
|---|
| 6385 |
|
|---|
| 6386 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
|---|
| 6387 | len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
|---|
| 6388 | threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
|---|
| 6389 | if (threaded_name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6390 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6391 | memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
|
|---|
| 6392 |
|
|---|
| 6393 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, threaded_name);
|
|---|
| 6394 | if (sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6395 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6396 | sect->_raw_size = size;
|
|---|
| 6397 | sect->filepos = filepos;
|
|---|
| 6398 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 6399 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|---|
| 6400 |
|
|---|
| 6401 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
|
|---|
| 6402 | }
|
|---|
| 6403 |
|
|---|
| 6404 | /* prstatus_t exists on:
|
|---|
| 6405 | solaris 2.5+
|
|---|
| 6406 | linux 2.[01] + glibc
|
|---|
| 6407 | unixware 4.2
|
|---|
| 6408 | */
|
|---|
| 6409 |
|
|---|
| 6410 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 6411 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_prstatus
|
|---|
| 6412 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
|---|
| 6413 |
|
|---|
| 6414 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6415 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 6416 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6417 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 6418 | {
|
|---|
| 6419 | size_t raw_size;
|
|---|
| 6420 | int offset;
|
|---|
| 6421 |
|
|---|
| 6422 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
|
|---|
| 6423 | {
|
|---|
| 6424 | prstatus_t prstat;
|
|---|
| 6425 |
|
|---|
| 6426 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
|
|---|
| 6427 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
|
|---|
| 6428 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
|
|---|
| 6429 |
|
|---|
| 6430 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
|
|---|
| 6431 | has already been set by another thread. */
|
|---|
| 6432 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
|
|---|
| 6433 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
|
|---|
| 6434 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
|
|---|
| 6435 |
|
|---|
| 6436 | /* pr_who exists on:
|
|---|
| 6437 | solaris 2.5+
|
|---|
| 6438 | unixware 4.2
|
|---|
| 6439 | pr_who doesn't exist on:
|
|---|
| 6440 | linux 2.[01]
|
|---|
| 6441 | */
|
|---|
| 6442 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
|
|---|
| 6443 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
|
|---|
| 6444 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6445 | }
|
|---|
| 6446 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
|
|---|
| 6447 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
|
|---|
| 6448 | {
|
|---|
| 6449 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
|---|
| 6450 | prstatus32_t prstat;
|
|---|
| 6451 |
|
|---|
| 6452 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
|
|---|
| 6453 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
|
|---|
| 6454 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
|
|---|
| 6455 |
|
|---|
| 6456 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
|
|---|
| 6457 | has already been set by another thread. */
|
|---|
| 6458 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
|
|---|
| 6459 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
|
|---|
| 6460 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
|
|---|
| 6461 |
|
|---|
| 6462 | /* pr_who exists on:
|
|---|
| 6463 | solaris 2.5+
|
|---|
| 6464 | unixware 4.2
|
|---|
| 6465 | pr_who doesn't exist on:
|
|---|
| 6466 | linux 2.[01]
|
|---|
| 6467 | */
|
|---|
| 6468 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
|
|---|
| 6469 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
|
|---|
| 6470 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6471 | }
|
|---|
| 6472 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
|
|---|
| 6473 | else
|
|---|
| 6474 | {
|
|---|
| 6475 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
|
|---|
| 6476 | note size (ie. data object type). */
|
|---|
| 6477 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6478 | }
|
|---|
| 6479 |
|
|---|
| 6480 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
|
|---|
| 6481 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
|
|---|
| 6482 | raw_size, note->descpos + offset);
|
|---|
| 6483 | }
|
|---|
| 6484 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
|
|---|
| 6485 |
|
|---|
| 6486 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
|
|---|
| 6487 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6488 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, name, note)
|
|---|
| 6489 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6490 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 6491 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 6492 | {
|
|---|
| 6493 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
|
|---|
| 6494 | note->descsz, note->descpos);
|
|---|
| 6495 | }
|
|---|
| 6496 |
|
|---|
| 6497 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
|
|---|
| 6498 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
|
|---|
| 6499 | data structure apart. */
|
|---|
| 6500 |
|
|---|
| 6501 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6502 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 6503 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6504 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 6505 | {
|
|---|
| 6506 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
|
|---|
| 6507 | }
|
|---|
| 6508 |
|
|---|
| 6509 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
|
|---|
| 6510 | type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
|
|---|
| 6511 | literally. */
|
|---|
| 6512 |
|
|---|
| 6513 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6514 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 6515 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6516 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 6517 | {
|
|---|
| 6518 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
|
|---|
| 6519 | }
|
|---|
| 6520 |
|
|---|
| 6521 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
|
|---|
| 6522 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
|
|---|
| 6523 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
|
|---|
| 6524 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
|
|---|
| 6525 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6526 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6527 |
|
|---|
| 6528 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
|---|
| 6529 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
|
|---|
| 6530 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
|
|---|
| 6531 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
|
|---|
| 6532 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6533 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6534 |
|
|---|
| 6535 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
|
|---|
| 6536 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
|
|---|
| 6537 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
|
|---|
| 6538 |
|
|---|
| 6539 | char *
|
|---|
| 6540 | _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, start, max)
|
|---|
| 6541 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6542 | char *start;
|
|---|
| 6543 | size_t max;
|
|---|
| 6544 | {
|
|---|
| 6545 | char *dups;
|
|---|
| 6546 | char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
|
|---|
| 6547 | size_t len;
|
|---|
| 6548 |
|
|---|
| 6549 | if (end == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6550 | len = max;
|
|---|
| 6551 | else
|
|---|
| 6552 | len = end - start;
|
|---|
| 6553 |
|
|---|
| 6554 | dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len + 1);
|
|---|
| 6555 | if (dups == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6556 | return NULL;
|
|---|
| 6557 |
|
|---|
| 6558 | memcpy (dups, start, len);
|
|---|
| 6559 | dups[len] = '\0';
|
|---|
| 6560 |
|
|---|
| 6561 | return dups;
|
|---|
| 6562 | }
|
|---|
| 6563 |
|
|---|
| 6564 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
|---|
| 6565 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_psinfo
|
|---|
| 6566 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
|---|
| 6567 |
|
|---|
| 6568 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6569 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 6570 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6571 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 6572 | {
|
|---|
| 6573 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
|
|---|
| 6574 | {
|
|---|
| 6575 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
|
|---|
| 6576 |
|
|---|
| 6577 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
|
|---|
| 6578 |
|
|---|
| 6579 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
|
|---|
| 6580 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
|
|---|
| 6581 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
|
|---|
| 6582 |
|
|---|
| 6583 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
|---|
| 6584 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
|
|---|
| 6585 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
|
|---|
| 6586 | }
|
|---|
| 6587 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
|
|---|
| 6588 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
|
|---|
| 6589 | {
|
|---|
| 6590 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
|---|
| 6591 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
|
|---|
| 6592 |
|
|---|
| 6593 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
|
|---|
| 6594 |
|
|---|
| 6595 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
|
|---|
| 6596 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
|
|---|
| 6597 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
|
|---|
| 6598 |
|
|---|
| 6599 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
|---|
| 6600 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
|
|---|
| 6601 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
|
|---|
| 6602 | }
|
|---|
| 6603 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6604 |
|
|---|
| 6605 | else
|
|---|
| 6606 | {
|
|---|
| 6607 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
|
|---|
| 6608 | note size (ie. data object type). */
|
|---|
| 6609 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6610 | }
|
|---|
| 6611 |
|
|---|
| 6612 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
|
|---|
| 6613 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
|
|---|
| 6614 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
|
|---|
| 6615 |
|
|---|
| 6616 | {
|
|---|
| 6617 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
|
|---|
| 6618 | int n = strlen (command);
|
|---|
| 6619 |
|
|---|
| 6620 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
|
|---|
| 6621 | command[n - 1] = '\0';
|
|---|
| 6622 | }
|
|---|
| 6623 |
|
|---|
| 6624 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6625 | }
|
|---|
| 6626 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
|
|---|
| 6627 |
|
|---|
| 6628 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 6629 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_pstatus
|
|---|
| 6630 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
|---|
| 6631 |
|
|---|
| 6632 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6633 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 6634 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6635 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 6636 | {
|
|---|
| 6637 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
|
|---|
| 6638 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 6639 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
|
|---|
| 6640 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6641 | )
|
|---|
| 6642 | {
|
|---|
| 6643 | pstatus_t pstat;
|
|---|
| 6644 |
|
|---|
| 6645 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
|
|---|
| 6646 |
|
|---|
| 6647 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
|
|---|
| 6648 | }
|
|---|
| 6649 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
|
|---|
| 6650 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
|
|---|
| 6651 | {
|
|---|
| 6652 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
|---|
| 6653 | pstatus32_t pstat;
|
|---|
| 6654 |
|
|---|
| 6655 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
|
|---|
| 6656 |
|
|---|
| 6657 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
|
|---|
| 6658 | }
|
|---|
| 6659 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6660 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
|
|---|
| 6661 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
|
|---|
| 6662 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
|
|---|
| 6663 |
|
|---|
| 6664 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6665 | }
|
|---|
| 6666 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
|
|---|
| 6667 |
|
|---|
| 6668 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 6669 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_lwpstatus
|
|---|
| 6670 | PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *));
|
|---|
| 6671 |
|
|---|
| 6672 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6673 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 6674 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6675 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 6676 | {
|
|---|
| 6677 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
|
|---|
| 6678 | char buf[100];
|
|---|
| 6679 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 6680 | size_t len;
|
|---|
| 6681 | asection *sect;
|
|---|
| 6682 |
|
|---|
| 6683 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
|
|---|
| 6684 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 6685 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
|
|---|
| 6686 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6687 | )
|
|---|
| 6688 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6689 |
|
|---|
| 6690 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
|
|---|
| 6691 |
|
|---|
| 6692 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
|
|---|
| 6693 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
|
|---|
| 6694 |
|
|---|
| 6695 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
|---|
| 6696 |
|
|---|
| 6697 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
|---|
| 6698 | len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
|---|
| 6699 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
|---|
| 6700 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6701 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6702 | memcpy (name, buf, len);
|
|---|
| 6703 |
|
|---|
| 6704 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 6705 | if (sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6706 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6707 |
|
|---|
| 6708 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
|
|---|
| 6709 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
|
|---|
| 6710 | sect->filepos = note->descpos
|
|---|
| 6711 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
|
|---|
| 6712 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6713 |
|
|---|
| 6714 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
|
|---|
| 6715 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
|
|---|
| 6716 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
|
|---|
| 6717 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6718 |
|
|---|
| 6719 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 6720 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|---|
| 6721 |
|
|---|
| 6722 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
|
|---|
| 6723 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6724 |
|
|---|
| 6725 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
|
|---|
| 6726 |
|
|---|
| 6727 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
|---|
| 6728 | len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
|---|
| 6729 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
|---|
| 6730 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6731 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6732 | memcpy (name, buf, len);
|
|---|
| 6733 |
|
|---|
| 6734 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 6735 | if (sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6736 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6737 |
|
|---|
| 6738 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
|
|---|
| 6739 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
|
|---|
| 6740 | sect->filepos = note->descpos
|
|---|
| 6741 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
|
|---|
| 6742 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6743 |
|
|---|
| 6744 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
|
|---|
| 6745 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
|
|---|
| 6746 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
|
|---|
| 6747 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6748 |
|
|---|
| 6749 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 6750 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|---|
| 6751 |
|
|---|
| 6752 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
|
|---|
| 6753 | }
|
|---|
| 6754 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
|
|---|
| 6755 |
|
|---|
| 6756 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 6757 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6758 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 6759 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6760 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 6761 | {
|
|---|
| 6762 | char buf[30];
|
|---|
| 6763 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 6764 | size_t len;
|
|---|
| 6765 | asection *sect;
|
|---|
| 6766 | win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
|
|---|
| 6767 |
|
|---|
| 6768 | if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
|
|---|
| 6769 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6770 |
|
|---|
| 6771 | memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus));
|
|---|
| 6772 |
|
|---|
| 6773 | switch (pstatus.data_type)
|
|---|
| 6774 | {
|
|---|
| 6775 | case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
|
|---|
| 6776 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
|
|---|
| 6777 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
|
|---|
| 6778 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
|
|---|
| 6779 | break;
|
|---|
| 6780 |
|
|---|
| 6781 | case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
|
|---|
| 6782 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
|---|
| 6783 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
|
|---|
| 6784 |
|
|---|
| 6785 | len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
|---|
| 6786 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
|---|
| 6787 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6788 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6789 |
|
|---|
| 6790 | memcpy (name, buf, len);
|
|---|
| 6791 |
|
|---|
| 6792 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 6793 | if (sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6794 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6795 |
|
|---|
| 6796 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
|
|---|
| 6797 | sect->filepos = (note->descpos
|
|---|
| 6798 | + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
|
|---|
| 6799 | data.thread_info.thread_context));
|
|---|
| 6800 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 6801 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|---|
| 6802 |
|
|---|
| 6803 | if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
|
|---|
| 6804 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
|
|---|
| 6805 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6806 | break;
|
|---|
| 6807 |
|
|---|
| 6808 | case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
|
|---|
| 6809 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
|
|---|
| 6810 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08x", pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
|
|---|
| 6811 |
|
|---|
| 6812 | len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
|---|
| 6813 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len);
|
|---|
| 6814 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6815 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6816 |
|
|---|
| 6817 | memcpy (name, buf, len);
|
|---|
| 6818 |
|
|---|
| 6819 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 6820 |
|
|---|
| 6821 | if (sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 6822 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6823 |
|
|---|
| 6824 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz;
|
|---|
| 6825 | sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
|---|
| 6826 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 6827 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|---|
| 6828 | break;
|
|---|
| 6829 |
|
|---|
| 6830 | default:
|
|---|
| 6831 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6832 | }
|
|---|
| 6833 |
|
|---|
| 6834 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6835 | }
|
|---|
| 6836 | #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
|
|---|
| 6837 |
|
|---|
| 6838 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6839 | elfcore_grok_note (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 6840 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6841 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 6842 | {
|
|---|
| 6843 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 6844 |
|
|---|
| 6845 | switch (note->type)
|
|---|
| 6846 | {
|
|---|
| 6847 | default:
|
|---|
| 6848 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6849 |
|
|---|
| 6850 | case NT_PRSTATUS:
|
|---|
| 6851 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
|
|---|
| 6852 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
|
|---|
| 6853 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6854 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 6855 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 6856 | #else
|
|---|
| 6857 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6858 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6859 |
|
|---|
| 6860 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 6861 | case NT_PSTATUS:
|
|---|
| 6862 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 6863 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6864 |
|
|---|
| 6865 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 6866 | case NT_LWPSTATUS:
|
|---|
| 6867 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 6868 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6869 |
|
|---|
| 6870 | case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
|
|---|
| 6871 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 6872 |
|
|---|
| 6873 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 6874 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
|
|---|
| 6875 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 6876 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6877 |
|
|---|
| 6878 | case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
|
|---|
| 6879 | if (note->namesz == 6
|
|---|
| 6880 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|---|
| 6881 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 6882 | else
|
|---|
| 6883 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6884 |
|
|---|
| 6885 | case NT_PRPSINFO:
|
|---|
| 6886 | case NT_PSINFO:
|
|---|
| 6887 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
|
|---|
| 6888 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
|
|---|
| 6889 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6890 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
|---|
| 6891 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 6892 | #else
|
|---|
| 6893 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6894 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6895 | }
|
|---|
| 6896 | }
|
|---|
| 6897 |
|
|---|
| 6898 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6899 | elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, lwpidp)
|
|---|
| 6900 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 6901 | int *lwpidp;
|
|---|
| 6902 | {
|
|---|
| 6903 | char *cp;
|
|---|
| 6904 |
|
|---|
| 6905 | cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
|
|---|
| 6906 | if (cp != NULL)
|
|---|
| 6907 | {
|
|---|
| 6908 | *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
|
|---|
| 6909 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6910 | }
|
|---|
| 6911 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6912 | }
|
|---|
| 6913 |
|
|---|
| 6914 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6915 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 6916 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6917 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 6918 | {
|
|---|
| 6919 |
|
|---|
| 6920 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
|
|---|
| 6921 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
|
|---|
| 6922 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
|
|---|
| 6923 |
|
|---|
| 6924 | /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
|
|---|
| 6925 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
|
|---|
| 6926 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
|
|---|
| 6927 |
|
|---|
| 6928 | /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
|
|---|
| 6929 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
|---|
| 6930 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
|
|---|
| 6931 |
|
|---|
| 6932 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6933 | }
|
|---|
| 6934 |
|
|---|
| 6935 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 6936 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 6937 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 6938 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 6939 | {
|
|---|
| 6940 | int lwp;
|
|---|
| 6941 |
|
|---|
| 6942 | if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
|
|---|
| 6943 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
|
|---|
| 6944 |
|
|---|
| 6945 | if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
|
|---|
| 6946 | {
|
|---|
| 6947 | /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
|
|---|
| 6948 | find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
|
|---|
| 6949 | since the kernel writes this note out first when it
|
|---|
| 6950 | creates a core file. */
|
|---|
| 6951 |
|
|---|
| 6952 | return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 6953 | }
|
|---|
| 6954 |
|
|---|
| 6955 | /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
|
|---|
| 6956 | defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
|
|---|
| 6957 | than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
|
|---|
| 6958 | understand it. */
|
|---|
| 6959 |
|
|---|
| 6960 | if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
|
|---|
| 6961 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6962 |
|
|---|
| 6963 |
|
|---|
| 6964 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
|
|---|
| 6965 | {
|
|---|
| 6966 | /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
|
|---|
| 6967 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
|
|---|
| 6968 |
|
|---|
| 6969 | case bfd_arch_alpha:
|
|---|
| 6970 | case bfd_arch_sparc:
|
|---|
| 6971 | switch (note->type)
|
|---|
| 6972 | {
|
|---|
| 6973 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
|
|---|
| 6974 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
|
|---|
| 6975 |
|
|---|
| 6976 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
|
|---|
| 6977 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
|
|---|
| 6978 |
|
|---|
| 6979 | default:
|
|---|
| 6980 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6981 | }
|
|---|
| 6982 |
|
|---|
| 6983 | /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
|
|---|
| 6984 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
|
|---|
| 6985 |
|
|---|
| 6986 | default:
|
|---|
| 6987 | switch (note->type)
|
|---|
| 6988 | {
|
|---|
| 6989 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
|
|---|
| 6990 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
|
|---|
| 6991 |
|
|---|
| 6992 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
|
|---|
| 6993 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
|
|---|
| 6994 |
|
|---|
| 6995 | default:
|
|---|
| 6996 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6997 | }
|
|---|
| 6998 | }
|
|---|
| 6999 | /* NOTREACHED */
|
|---|
| 7000 | }
|
|---|
| 7001 |
|
|---|
| 7002 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 7003 | elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, tid)
|
|---|
| 7004 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7005 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 7006 | pid_t *tid;
|
|---|
| 7007 | {
|
|---|
| 7008 | void *ddata = note->descdata;
|
|---|
| 7009 | char buf[100];
|
|---|
| 7010 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 7011 | asection *sect;
|
|---|
| 7012 |
|
|---|
| 7013 | /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
|
|---|
| 7014 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
|
|---|
| 7015 |
|
|---|
| 7016 | /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. */
|
|---|
| 7017 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
|
|---|
| 7018 |
|
|---|
| 7019 | /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
|
|---|
| 7020 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14);
|
|---|
| 7021 |
|
|---|
| 7022 | /* Pass tid back. */
|
|---|
| 7023 | *tid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid;
|
|---|
| 7024 |
|
|---|
| 7025 | /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
|
|---|
| 7026 | sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%d", *tid);
|
|---|
| 7027 |
|
|---|
| 7028 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1);
|
|---|
| 7029 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 7030 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 7031 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
|---|
| 7032 |
|
|---|
| 7033 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 7034 | if (sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 7035 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 7036 |
|
|---|
| 7037 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz;
|
|---|
| 7038 | sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
|---|
| 7039 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 7040 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|---|
| 7041 |
|
|---|
| 7042 | return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
|
|---|
| 7043 | }
|
|---|
| 7044 |
|
|---|
| 7045 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 7046 | elfcore_grok_nto_gregs (abfd, note, tid)
|
|---|
| 7047 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7048 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 7049 | pid_t tid;
|
|---|
| 7050 | {
|
|---|
| 7051 | char buf[100];
|
|---|
| 7052 | char *name;
|
|---|
| 7053 | asection *sect;
|
|---|
| 7054 |
|
|---|
| 7055 | /* Make a ".reg/%d" section. */
|
|---|
| 7056 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", tid);
|
|---|
| 7057 |
|
|---|
| 7058 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1);
|
|---|
| 7059 | if (name == NULL)
|
|---|
| 7060 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 7061 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
|---|
| 7062 |
|
|---|
| 7063 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|---|
| 7064 | if (sect == NULL)
|
|---|
| 7065 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 7066 |
|
|---|
| 7067 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz;
|
|---|
| 7068 | sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
|---|
| 7069 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|---|
| 7070 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|---|
| 7071 |
|
|---|
| 7072 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect);
|
|---|
| 7073 | }
|
|---|
| 7074 |
|
|---|
| 7075 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
|
|---|
| 7076 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
|
|---|
| 7077 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
|
|---|
| 7078 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
|
|---|
| 7079 |
|
|---|
| 7080 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 7081 | elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, note)
|
|---|
| 7082 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7083 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
|---|
| 7084 | {
|
|---|
| 7085 | /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
|
|---|
| 7086 | tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
|
|---|
| 7087 | function. */
|
|---|
| 7088 | static pid_t tid = 1;
|
|---|
| 7089 |
|
|---|
| 7090 | switch (note->type)
|
|---|
| 7091 | {
|
|---|
| 7092 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO: return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
|
|---|
| 7093 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS: return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
|
|---|
| 7094 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG: return elfcore_grok_nto_gregs (abfd, note, tid);
|
|---|
| 7095 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG: return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
|
|---|
| 7096 | default: return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 7097 | }
|
|---|
| 7098 | }
|
|---|
| 7099 |
|
|---|
| 7100 | /* Function: elfcore_write_note
|
|---|
| 7101 |
|
|---|
| 7102 | Inputs:
|
|---|
| 7103 | buffer to hold note
|
|---|
| 7104 | name of note
|
|---|
| 7105 | type of note
|
|---|
| 7106 | data for note
|
|---|
| 7107 | size of data for note
|
|---|
| 7108 |
|
|---|
| 7109 | Return:
|
|---|
| 7110 | End of buffer containing note. */
|
|---|
| 7111 |
|
|---|
| 7112 | char *
|
|---|
| 7113 | elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, name, type, input, size)
|
|---|
| 7114 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7115 | char *buf;
|
|---|
| 7116 | int *bufsiz;
|
|---|
| 7117 | const char *name;
|
|---|
| 7118 | int type;
|
|---|
| 7119 | const PTR input;
|
|---|
| 7120 | int size;
|
|---|
| 7121 | {
|
|---|
| 7122 | Elf_External_Note *xnp;
|
|---|
| 7123 | size_t namesz;
|
|---|
| 7124 | size_t pad;
|
|---|
| 7125 | size_t newspace;
|
|---|
| 7126 | char *p, *dest;
|
|---|
| 7127 |
|
|---|
| 7128 | namesz = 0;
|
|---|
| 7129 | pad = 0;
|
|---|
| 7130 | if (name != NULL)
|
|---|
| 7131 | {
|
|---|
| 7132 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|---|
| 7133 |
|
|---|
| 7134 | namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
|
|---|
| 7135 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|---|
| 7136 | pad = -namesz & (bed->s->file_align - 1);
|
|---|
| 7137 | }
|
|---|
| 7138 |
|
|---|
| 7139 | newspace = sizeof (Elf_External_Note) - 1 + namesz + pad + size;
|
|---|
| 7140 |
|
|---|
| 7141 | p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
|
|---|
| 7142 | dest = p + *bufsiz;
|
|---|
| 7143 | *bufsiz += newspace;
|
|---|
| 7144 | xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
|
|---|
| 7145 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
|
|---|
| 7146 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
|
|---|
| 7147 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
|
|---|
| 7148 | dest = xnp->name;
|
|---|
| 7149 | if (name != NULL)
|
|---|
| 7150 | {
|
|---|
| 7151 | memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
|
|---|
| 7152 | dest += namesz;
|
|---|
| 7153 | while (pad != 0)
|
|---|
| 7154 | {
|
|---|
| 7155 | *dest++ = '\0';
|
|---|
| 7156 | --pad;
|
|---|
| 7157 | }
|
|---|
| 7158 | }
|
|---|
| 7159 | memcpy (dest, input, size);
|
|---|
| 7160 | return p;
|
|---|
| 7161 | }
|
|---|
| 7162 |
|
|---|
| 7163 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
|---|
| 7164 | char *
|
|---|
| 7165 | elfcore_write_prpsinfo (abfd, buf, bufsiz, fname, psargs)
|
|---|
| 7166 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7167 | char *buf;
|
|---|
| 7168 | int *bufsiz;
|
|---|
| 7169 | const char *fname;
|
|---|
| 7170 | const char *psargs;
|
|---|
| 7171 | {
|
|---|
| 7172 | int note_type;
|
|---|
| 7173 | char *note_name = "CORE";
|
|---|
| 7174 |
|
|---|
| 7175 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
|---|
| 7176 | psinfo_t data;
|
|---|
| 7177 | note_type = NT_PSINFO;
|
|---|
| 7178 | #else
|
|---|
| 7179 | prpsinfo_t data;
|
|---|
| 7180 | note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
|
|---|
| 7181 | #endif
|
|---|
| 7182 |
|
|---|
| 7183 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
|
|---|
| 7184 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
|
|---|
| 7185 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
|
|---|
| 7186 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|---|
| 7187 | note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
|
|---|
| 7188 | }
|
|---|
| 7189 | #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
|
|---|
| 7190 |
|
|---|
| 7191 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 7192 | char *
|
|---|
| 7193 | elfcore_write_prstatus (abfd, buf, bufsiz, pid, cursig, gregs)
|
|---|
| 7194 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7195 | char *buf;
|
|---|
| 7196 | int *bufsiz;
|
|---|
| 7197 | long pid;
|
|---|
| 7198 | int cursig;
|
|---|
| 7199 | const PTR gregs;
|
|---|
| 7200 | {
|
|---|
| 7201 | prstatus_t prstat;
|
|---|
| 7202 | char *note_name = "CORE";
|
|---|
| 7203 |
|
|---|
| 7204 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
|
|---|
| 7205 | prstat.pr_pid = pid;
|
|---|
| 7206 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
|
|---|
| 7207 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
|
|---|
| 7208 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|---|
| 7209 | note_name, NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
|
|---|
| 7210 | }
|
|---|
| 7211 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
|
|---|
| 7212 |
|
|---|
| 7213 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 7214 | char *
|
|---|
| 7215 | elfcore_write_lwpstatus (abfd, buf, bufsiz, pid, cursig, gregs)
|
|---|
| 7216 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7217 | char *buf;
|
|---|
| 7218 | int *bufsiz;
|
|---|
| 7219 | long pid;
|
|---|
| 7220 | int cursig;
|
|---|
| 7221 | const PTR gregs;
|
|---|
| 7222 | {
|
|---|
| 7223 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
|
|---|
| 7224 | char *note_name = "CORE";
|
|---|
| 7225 |
|
|---|
| 7226 | memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
|
|---|
| 7227 | lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
|
|---|
| 7228 | lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
|
|---|
| 7229 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
|
|---|
| 7230 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
|
|---|
| 7231 | #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
|
|---|
| 7232 | #if !defined(gregs)
|
|---|
| 7233 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
|
|---|
| 7234 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
|
|---|
| 7235 | #else
|
|---|
| 7236 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
|
|---|
| 7237 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
|
|---|
| 7238 | #endif
|
|---|
| 7239 | #endif
|
|---|
| 7240 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
|
|---|
| 7241 | NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
|
|---|
| 7242 | }
|
|---|
| 7243 | #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
|
|---|
| 7244 |
|
|---|
| 7245 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
|
|---|
| 7246 | char *
|
|---|
| 7247 | elfcore_write_pstatus (abfd, buf, bufsiz, pid, cursig, gregs)
|
|---|
| 7248 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7249 | char *buf;
|
|---|
| 7250 | int *bufsiz;
|
|---|
| 7251 | long pid;
|
|---|
| 7252 | int cursig;
|
|---|
| 7253 | const PTR gregs;
|
|---|
| 7254 | {
|
|---|
| 7255 | pstatus_t pstat;
|
|---|
| 7256 | char *note_name = "CORE";
|
|---|
| 7257 |
|
|---|
| 7258 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
|
|---|
| 7259 | pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
|
|---|
| 7260 | buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
|
|---|
| 7261 | NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
|
|---|
| 7262 | return buf;
|
|---|
| 7263 | }
|
|---|
| 7264 | #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
|
|---|
| 7265 |
|
|---|
| 7266 | char *
|
|---|
| 7267 | elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, fpregs, size)
|
|---|
| 7268 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7269 | char *buf;
|
|---|
| 7270 | int *bufsiz;
|
|---|
| 7271 | const PTR fpregs;
|
|---|
| 7272 | int size;
|
|---|
| 7273 | {
|
|---|
| 7274 | char *note_name = "CORE";
|
|---|
| 7275 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|---|
| 7276 | note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
|
|---|
| 7277 | }
|
|---|
| 7278 |
|
|---|
| 7279 | char *
|
|---|
| 7280 | elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, xfpregs, size)
|
|---|
| 7281 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7282 | char *buf;
|
|---|
| 7283 | int *bufsiz;
|
|---|
| 7284 | const PTR xfpregs;
|
|---|
| 7285 | int size;
|
|---|
| 7286 | {
|
|---|
| 7287 | char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|---|
| 7288 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|---|
| 7289 | note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
|
|---|
| 7290 | }
|
|---|
| 7291 |
|
|---|
| 7292 | static bfd_boolean
|
|---|
| 7293 | elfcore_read_notes (abfd, offset, size)
|
|---|
| 7294 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7295 | file_ptr offset;
|
|---|
| 7296 | bfd_size_type size;
|
|---|
| 7297 | {
|
|---|
| 7298 | char *buf;
|
|---|
| 7299 | char *p;
|
|---|
| 7300 |
|
|---|
| 7301 | if (size <= 0)
|
|---|
| 7302 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 7303 |
|
|---|
| 7304 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
|---|
| 7305 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 7306 |
|
|---|
| 7307 | buf = bfd_malloc (size);
|
|---|
| 7308 | if (buf == NULL)
|
|---|
| 7309 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 7310 |
|
|---|
| 7311 | if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size)
|
|---|
| 7312 | {
|
|---|
| 7313 | error:
|
|---|
| 7314 | free (buf);
|
|---|
| 7315 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 7316 | }
|
|---|
| 7317 |
|
|---|
| 7318 | p = buf;
|
|---|
| 7319 | while (p < buf + size)
|
|---|
| 7320 | {
|
|---|
| 7321 | /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
|
|---|
| 7322 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
|
|---|
| 7323 | Elf_Internal_Note in;
|
|---|
| 7324 |
|
|---|
| 7325 | in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
|
|---|
| 7326 |
|
|---|
| 7327 | in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
|
|---|
| 7328 | in.namedata = xnp->name;
|
|---|
| 7329 |
|
|---|
| 7330 | in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
|
|---|
| 7331 | in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
|
|---|
| 7332 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
|
|---|
| 7333 |
|
|---|
| 7334 | if (strncmp (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
|
|---|
| 7335 | {
|
|---|
| 7336 | if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
|
|---|
| 7337 | goto error;
|
|---|
| 7338 | }
|
|---|
| 7339 | else if (strncmp (in.namedata, "QNX", 3) == 0)
|
|---|
| 7340 | {
|
|---|
| 7341 | if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
|
|---|
| 7342 | goto error;
|
|---|
| 7343 | }
|
|---|
| 7344 | else
|
|---|
| 7345 | {
|
|---|
| 7346 | if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
|
|---|
| 7347 | goto error;
|
|---|
| 7348 | }
|
|---|
| 7349 |
|
|---|
| 7350 | p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
|
|---|
| 7351 | }
|
|---|
| 7352 |
|
|---|
| 7353 | free (buf);
|
|---|
| 7354 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 7355 | }
|
|---|
| 7356 | |
|---|
| 7357 |
|
|---|
| 7358 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
|
|---|
| 7359 |
|
|---|
| 7360 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
|
|---|
| 7361 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
|
|---|
| 7362 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
|
|---|
| 7363 |
|
|---|
| 7364 | long
|
|---|
| 7365 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (abfd)
|
|---|
| 7366 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7367 | {
|
|---|
| 7368 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|---|
| 7369 | {
|
|---|
| 7370 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
|
|---|
| 7371 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 7372 | }
|
|---|
| 7373 |
|
|---|
| 7374 | return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
|
|---|
| 7375 | }
|
|---|
| 7376 |
|
|---|
| 7377 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
|
|---|
| 7378 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
|
|---|
| 7379 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
|
|---|
| 7380 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
|
|---|
| 7381 |
|
|---|
| 7382 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
|
|---|
| 7383 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
|
|---|
| 7384 |
|
|---|
| 7385 | int
|
|---|
| 7386 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (abfd, phdrs)
|
|---|
| 7387 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7388 | void *phdrs;
|
|---|
| 7389 | {
|
|---|
| 7390 | int num_phdrs;
|
|---|
| 7391 |
|
|---|
| 7392 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|---|
| 7393 | {
|
|---|
| 7394 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
|
|---|
| 7395 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 7396 | }
|
|---|
| 7397 |
|
|---|
| 7398 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
|
|---|
| 7399 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
|
|---|
| 7400 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
|
|---|
| 7401 |
|
|---|
| 7402 | return num_phdrs;
|
|---|
| 7403 | }
|
|---|
| 7404 |
|
|---|
| 7405 | void
|
|---|
| 7406 | _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, value)
|
|---|
| 7407 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 7408 | char *buf;
|
|---|
| 7409 | bfd_vma value;
|
|---|
| 7410 | {
|
|---|
| 7411 | #ifdef BFD64
|
|---|
| 7412 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
|
|---|
| 7413 |
|
|---|
| 7414 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|---|
| 7415 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
|
|---|
| 7416 | sprintf_vma (buf, value);
|
|---|
| 7417 | else
|
|---|
| 7418 | {
|
|---|
| 7419 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
|
|---|
| 7420 | {
|
|---|
| 7421 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
|
|---|
| 7422 | sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value);
|
|---|
| 7423 | #else
|
|---|
| 7424 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value),
|
|---|
| 7425 | _bfd_int64_low (value));
|
|---|
| 7426 | #endif
|
|---|
| 7427 | }
|
|---|
| 7428 | else
|
|---|
| 7429 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
|
|---|
| 7430 | }
|
|---|
| 7431 | #else
|
|---|
| 7432 | sprintf_vma (buf, value);
|
|---|
| 7433 | #endif
|
|---|
| 7434 | }
|
|---|
| 7435 |
|
|---|
| 7436 | void
|
|---|
| 7437 | _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (abfd, stream, value)
|
|---|
| 7438 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 7439 | PTR stream;
|
|---|
| 7440 | bfd_vma value;
|
|---|
| 7441 | {
|
|---|
| 7442 | #ifdef BFD64
|
|---|
| 7443 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
|
|---|
| 7444 |
|
|---|
| 7445 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|---|
| 7446 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
|
|---|
| 7447 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
|
|---|
| 7448 | else
|
|---|
| 7449 | {
|
|---|
| 7450 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
|
|---|
| 7451 | {
|
|---|
| 7452 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
|
|---|
| 7453 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value);
|
|---|
| 7454 | #else
|
|---|
| 7455 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx",
|
|---|
| 7456 | _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value));
|
|---|
| 7457 | #endif
|
|---|
| 7458 | }
|
|---|
| 7459 | else
|
|---|
| 7460 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx",
|
|---|
| 7461 | (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
|
|---|
| 7462 | }
|
|---|
| 7463 | #else
|
|---|
| 7464 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
|
|---|
| 7465 | #endif
|
|---|
| 7466 | }
|
|---|
| 7467 |
|
|---|
| 7468 | enum elf_reloc_type_class
|
|---|
| 7469 | _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (rela)
|
|---|
| 7470 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|---|
| 7471 | {
|
|---|
| 7472 | return reloc_class_normal;
|
|---|
| 7473 | }
|
|---|
| 7474 |
|
|---|
| 7475 | /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
|
|---|
| 7476 | relocation against a local symbol. */
|
|---|
| 7477 |
|
|---|
| 7478 | bfd_vma
|
|---|
| 7479 | _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (abfd, sym, sec, rel)
|
|---|
| 7480 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7481 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
|---|
| 7482 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 7483 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
|---|
| 7484 | {
|
|---|
| 7485 | bfd_vma relocation;
|
|---|
| 7486 |
|
|---|
| 7487 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
|
|---|
| 7488 | + sec->output_offset
|
|---|
| 7489 | + sym->st_value);
|
|---|
| 7490 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
|
|---|
| 7491 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
|
|---|
| 7492 | && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
|
|---|
| 7493 | {
|
|---|
| 7494 | asection *msec;
|
|---|
| 7495 |
|
|---|
| 7496 | msec = sec;
|
|---|
| 7497 | rel->r_addend =
|
|---|
| 7498 | _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &msec,
|
|---|
| 7499 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
|
|---|
| 7500 | sym->st_value + rel->r_addend,
|
|---|
| 7501 | (bfd_vma) 0)
|
|---|
| 7502 | - relocation;
|
|---|
| 7503 | rel->r_addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
|
|---|
| 7504 | }
|
|---|
| 7505 | return relocation;
|
|---|
| 7506 | }
|
|---|
| 7507 |
|
|---|
| 7508 | bfd_vma
|
|---|
| 7509 | _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, psec, addend)
|
|---|
| 7510 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7511 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
|---|
| 7512 | asection **psec;
|
|---|
| 7513 | bfd_vma addend;
|
|---|
| 7514 | {
|
|---|
| 7515 | asection *sec = *psec;
|
|---|
| 7516 |
|
|---|
| 7517 | if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
|
|---|
| 7518 | return sym->st_value + addend;
|
|---|
| 7519 |
|
|---|
| 7520 | return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
|
|---|
| 7521 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
|
|---|
| 7522 | sym->st_value + addend, (bfd_vma) 0);
|
|---|
| 7523 | }
|
|---|
| 7524 |
|
|---|
| 7525 | bfd_vma
|
|---|
| 7526 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset)
|
|---|
| 7527 | bfd *abfd;
|
|---|
| 7528 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
|---|
| 7529 | asection *sec;
|
|---|
| 7530 | bfd_vma offset;
|
|---|
| 7531 | {
|
|---|
| 7532 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data;
|
|---|
| 7533 |
|
|---|
| 7534 | sec_data = elf_section_data (sec);
|
|---|
| 7535 | switch (sec->sec_info_type)
|
|---|
| 7536 | {
|
|---|
| 7537 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
|
|---|
| 7538 | return _bfd_stab_section_offset (abfd,
|
|---|
| 7539 | &elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
|
|---|
| 7540 | sec, &sec_data->sec_info, offset);
|
|---|
| 7541 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
|
|---|
| 7542 | return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, sec, offset);
|
|---|
| 7543 | default:
|
|---|
| 7544 | return offset;
|
|---|
| 7545 | }
|
|---|
| 7546 | }
|
|---|